WO2014151472A1 - Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain - Google Patents

Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014151472A1
WO2014151472A1 PCT/US2014/025809 US2014025809W WO2014151472A1 WO 2014151472 A1 WO2014151472 A1 WO 2014151472A1 US 2014025809 W US2014025809 W US 2014025809W WO 2014151472 A1 WO2014151472 A1 WO 2014151472A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
chloro
sulfamoyl
pain
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2014/025809
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Olga BABICH
Robert Z. LUO
Yanlin WANG-FISCHER
David J. PALLING
Srinivasan P. Venkatachalan
Original Assignee
Chromocell Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to KR1020157029193A priority Critical patent/KR20150131254A/en
Priority to JP2016501972A priority patent/JP6449845B2/en
Application filed by Chromocell Corporation filed Critical Chromocell Corporation
Priority to ES14767550.8T priority patent/ES2687481T3/en
Priority to EP14767550.8A priority patent/EP2968234B1/en
Priority to MX2015011907A priority patent/MX363680B/en
Priority to BR112015022096A priority patent/BR112015022096A8/en
Priority to CA2900604A priority patent/CA2900604A1/en
Priority to RU2015133310A priority patent/RU2669367C2/en
Priority to AU2014234105A priority patent/AU2014234105B2/en
Priority to CN201480014410.XA priority patent/CN105188694B/en
Priority to US14/776,016 priority patent/US10179781B2/en
Priority to MYPI2015702635A priority patent/MY188139A/en
Publication of WO2014151472A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014151472A1/en
Priority to PH12015501740A priority patent/PH12015501740A1/en
Priority to IL242564A priority patent/IL242564A0/en
Priority to HK16107214.7A priority patent/HK1219060A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/18—Sulfonamides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/433—Thidiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/14—Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/38—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D277/50—Nitrogen atoms bound to hetero atoms
    • C07D277/52—Nitrogen atoms bound to hetero atoms to sulfur atoms, e.g. sulfonamides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D285/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
    • C07D285/01—Five-membered rings
    • C07D285/02—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/04—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles not condensed with other rings
    • C07D285/08—1,2,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-thiadiazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • sodium channel modulating compounds in particular NaVl .7 modulating compounds.
  • processes for the preparation of, intermediates used in the preparation of, pharmaceutical compositions comprising, and therapeutic methods comprising administering compounds are provided herein.
  • compounds for the treatment of pain are provided herein.
  • Voltage-gated ion channels play a critical role in the electrical activity of neuronal and muscle cells.
  • Large families of voltage-gated ion channels e.g., sodium channels
  • These ion channels have been the target of significant pharmacologic study, due to their potential role in a variety of pathological conditions.
  • Biophysical and pharmacological studies have identified the sodium channel isoforms NaV1.3, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, and NaV1.9 as particularly important in the pathophysiology of pain, in particular neuropathic pain.
  • X is (C 6 -Cio)aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl
  • Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH 3 or -CN;
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF 3 , -OCF 3, -CN, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, or (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently H, (Ci-Cc))alkyl, (C 4 -Ci 2 )cycloalkyl, or R 4 and R 5 together form a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; with the proviso that:
  • R 4 and R 5 are not both H
  • R 4 and R 5 independently or said heterocycloalkyl ring formed by R 4 and R 5 together is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of-C0 2 H, -C0 2 R 6 , -CN, -OH, -CONR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 R 8 ; wherein:
  • Rs is (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl
  • R 7 and Rg are each independently H, (Ci_Ci 2 )alkyl, or R 7 and Rg together form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring;
  • R 9 is (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, pyrazolyl or pyridinyl; wherein R 9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting
  • Rn and Ri 2 may form a 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring Rio is Rii, -CORn, -COORn, -S0 2 Rn, 5-methyl-2-oxo-l ,3-dioxol-4-yl,
  • R 9 and Rio together form a piperazinone or a 4-to 8- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COORn, -CH 2 - COORn, -OH, -NH 2 , -CN, and (Ci-C 8 )alkoxy;
  • Rii and Ri 2 are independently H or (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, optionally substituted with 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl ring;
  • n are each independently 1 , 2, 3, or 4.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2. [0011] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rg is
  • (Ci-C 6 )alkyl wherein R 9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -CONH 2 , and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rg is methyl or ethyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 9 is further substituted with -COOH.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri 0 is -H, -COMe, -COOEt. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rio is -H or -COMe. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rio is -H.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 9 and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, - COOEt, -CH 2 -COOH, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of - COOH, -CH2-COOH, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -COOEt, -CH 2 -COOH, -CH 2 -COOMe, -CH 2 -COOEt, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of-COOH, -CH 2 -COOH, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -CI. [0026] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is pyridyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R4 is
  • R 5 is (Ci-C 9 )alkyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -CO2H, -CO2R6, and -CONRyRs.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R ⁇ is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with -C0 2 H.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein the compound is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein the compound is
  • Formula (I), as a voltage-gated sodium channel inhibitor are those, wherein the pain is neuropathic, nociceptive or inflammatory pain. In a particular embodiment the methods are those, wherein the voltage-gated sodium channel is NaV1.7.
  • compositions comprising a compound of
  • compositions are those, wherein the composition is suitable for topical, oral, subcutaneous, or intravenous administration.
  • the method comprises administering to the subject in need of such prevention or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
  • the methods are those, wherein the therapeutically effective amount is effective to alleviate pain in a subject, wherein the compound of Formula (I) shows a reduction in pain response in the Formalin Assay (in phase 1 or phase 2, or both) (see Section 5.1.2) at a dose between 0.1 mg/kg and 1,000 mg/kg, at a dose between 0.5 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg, at a dose between 1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, or at a dose of 5 mg/kg.
  • a compound of Formula (I) provided herein shows a reduction in pain response in the Formalin Assay (in phase 1 or phase 2, or both) by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%), or 100%), or by ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10-20%), 10-30%), 10- 40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) relative to a vehicle control.
  • the methods are those, wherein the pain is nociceptive pain, such as that resulting from physical trauma (e.g., a cut or contusion of the skin; or a chemical or thermal burn), osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis or tendonitis; myofascial pain; neuropathic pain, such as that associated with stroke, diabetic neuropathy, luetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, fibromyalgia, or painful neuropathy induced iatrogenically by drugs; or mixed pain (i.e., pain with both nociceptive and neuropathic components); visceral pain; headache pain (e.g., migraine headache pain); CRPS; CRPS type I; CRPS type II; RSD; reflex neurovascular dystrophy; reflex dystrophy; sympathetically maintained pain syndrome; causalgia; Sudeck atrophy of bone;
  • nociceptive pain such as that resulting from physical trauma (e.g., a cut
  • algoneurodystrophy shoulder hand syndrome; post-traumatic dystrophy; autonomic dysfunction; autoimmune-related pain; inflammation-related pain; cancer-related pain; phantom limb pain; chronic fatigue syndrome; post-operative pain; spinal cord injury pain; central post-stroke pain; radiculopathy; sensitivity to temperature, light touch or color change to the skin (allodynia); pain from hyperthermic or hypothermic conditions; and other painful conditions (e.g. , diabetic neuropathy, luetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia); chronic pain; or acute pain.
  • painful conditions e.g. , diabetic neuropathy, luetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia
  • kits for modulating the activity of a voltage-gated sodium channel comprising contacting a cell that expresses the voltage-gated sodium channel with a compound of Formula (I).
  • the methods are those, wherein the voltage-gated sodium channel is NaVl .7.
  • the methods are those, wherein the method results in inhibition of the voltage-gated sodium channel.
  • a "Compound” or “Compounds” as used herein comprise a compound of
  • a "pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)” refers to a salt prepared from a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acid or base including an inorganic acid and base and an organic acid and base.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of the Compounds inhibitors include, but are not limited to metallic salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc or organic salts made from lysine, ⁇ , ⁇ '-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procaine.
  • Suitable non-toxic acids include, but are not limited to, inorganic and organic acids such as acetic, alginic, anthranilic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethenesulfonic, formic, fumaric, furoic, galacturonic, gluconic, glucuronic, glutamic, glycolic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phosphoric, propionic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, sulfuric, tartaric acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • Specific non-toxic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and
  • a “stereoisomer” or “stereoisomer ⁇ form” refers to one stereoisomer of a
  • a stereomerically pure compound having one chiral center will be substantially free of the opposite enantiomer of the compound.
  • a stereomerically pure compound having two chiral centers will be substantially free of other diastereomers of the compound.
  • a typical stereomerically pure compound comprises greater than about 80% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 20% by weight of other stereoisomers of the compound, greater than about 90%) by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 10%> by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, greater than about 95% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 5% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, or greater than about 97% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 3% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound.
  • the Compounds can have chiral centers and can occur as racemates, individual enantiomers or diastereomers, and mixtures thereof.
  • Tautomers refers to isomeric forms of a compound that are in equilibrium with each other.
  • concentrations of the isomeric forms will depend on the environment the compound is found in and may be different depending upon, for example, whether the compound is a solid or is in an organic or aqueous solution.
  • pyrazoles may exhibit the following isomeric forms, which are referred to as tautomers of each other:
  • aryl group is an aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 14 carbon atoms having a single ring ⁇ e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed rings ⁇ e.g., naphthyl or anthryl).
  • aryl groups contain 6-14 carbons, and in others from 6 to 12 or even 6 to 10 carbon atoms in the ring portions of the groups.
  • Particular aryls include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl and the like.
  • a "heteroaryl” group is an aryl ring system having one to four heteroatoms as ring atoms in a heteroaromatic ring system, wherein the remainder of the atoms are carbon atoms.
  • heteroaryl groups contain 5 to 6 ring atoms, and in others from 6 to 9 or even 6 to 10 atoms in the ring portions of the groups. Suitable heteroatoms include oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.
  • the heteroaryl ring system is monocyclic or bicyclic.
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, groups such as pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl ⁇ e.g.
  • 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, azaindolyl (for example, pyrrolopyridyl or 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridyl), indazolyl, benzimidazolyl (for example, lH-benzo[d]imidazolyl), imidazopyridyl, pyrazolopyridyl, triazolopyridyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isoxazolopyridyl, thianaphthalenyl, purinyl, xanthinyl, adeninyl, guaninyl, quinolinyl,
  • a "partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle” is a partially unsaturated or aromatic ring system having one to four heteroatoms as ring atoms in a heteroaromatic ring system, wherein the remainder of the atoms are carbon atoms. If the "partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle" is an aromatic heterocycle, then the aromatic heterocycle is a "heteroaryl” as defined above. In one embodiment the partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle.
  • partially unsaturated heterocycles include, but are not limited to, groups such as 2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrolyl, 2,5-dihydrofuranyl, 2,5-dihydrothiophenyl, 4,5-dihydrooxazolyl, 4,5-dihydrothiazolyl, 4,5- dihydro-lH-imidazolyl, 4,5-dihydro-lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, and 1,4,5,6- tetrahydropyrimidinyl groups.
  • a "heterocycloalkyl” group is a non-aromatic cycloalkyl in which one to four of the ring carbon atoms are independently replaced with a heteroatom from the group consisting of O, S and N.
  • a heterocycloalkyl group include, but are not limited to, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, (l,4)-dioxanyl, and (l,3)-dioxolanyl.
  • Heterocycloalkyls can also be bonded at any ring atom (i.e., at any carbon atom or heteroatom of the heterocyclic ring).
  • the heterocycloalkyl is a 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl.
  • alkyl group is a saturated straight chain or branched non-cyclic hydrocarbon having, for example, from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 9 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl groups include -methyl, -ethyl, -n- propyl, -n-butyl, -n-pentyl and -n-hexyl; while branched alkyls include -isopropyl, -sec- butyl, -z ' so-butyl, -tert-butyl, -z ' so-pentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 2,3- dimethylbutyl and the like.
  • a "cycloalkyl” group is a saturated cyclic alkyl group of from 3 to 12 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring or multiple condensed or bridged rings.
  • the cycloalkyl group has 4 to 12 ring members, whereas in other embodiments the number of ring carbon atoms ranges, for example, from 3 to 5, 3 to 6, or 3 to 7.
  • Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple or bridged ring structures such as adamantyl and the like.
  • a "subject in need thereof refers to a mammal (e.g., human, dog, horse, or cat) in need of treatment with any method provided herein.
  • X is (C 6 -Cio)aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl
  • Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH 3 or -CN;
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -CN, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, or (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy;
  • R4 and R 5 are each independently H, (Ci-Cc))alkyl, (C 4 -Ci 2 )cycloalkyl, or R4 and R 5 together form a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; with the proviso that:
  • R4 and R 5 are not both H; and at least one of R 4 and R 5 independently or said heterocycloalkyl ring formed by R 4 and R 5 together is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of-C0 2 H, -C0 2 R 6 , -CN, -OH, -CONR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 R 8 ; wherein:
  • Rs is (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl
  • R 7 and Rg are each independently H, (Ci_Ci 2 )alkyl, or R 7 and Rg together form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring;
  • Rg is (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (C3-Cg)cycloalkyl, pyrazolyl or pyridinyl; wherein R 9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting
  • Rn and R12 may form a 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring
  • Rio is Rn, -COR11, -COORn, -S0 2 Rn, 5-methyl-2-oxo-l,3-dioxol-4-yl,
  • R 9 and R i0 together form a piperazinone or a 4-to 8- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COORn, -CH 2 - COOR11, -OH, -NH 2 , -CN, and (Ci-Cg)alkoxy;
  • Rn and Ri 2 are independently H or (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, optionally substituted with 4- to 8- membered heterocycloalkyl ring;
  • n are each independently 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is -(CH 2 ) 3 -NR 9 R 10 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 9 is
  • (Ci-C 6 )alkyl wherein R 9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -CONH 2 , and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 is methyl or ethyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 9 is further substituted with -COOH.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rio is -H, -COMe, -COOEt. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rio is -H or -COMe. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri 0 is -H. [0072] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Kg and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, - COOEt, -CH2-COOH, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of - COOH, -CH2-COOH, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -COOEt, -CH 2 -COOH, -CH 2 -COOMe, -CH 2 -COOEt, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -CH 2 -COOH, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is -
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5 -membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI. [0079] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is pyridyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R4 is
  • R 5 is (Ci-C 9 )alkyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -CO2H, -CO2R6, and -CONR 7 R 8 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R ⁇ is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with -C0 2 H.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of the compounds in Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
  • automatca y generate wt emDraw Utra, Verson . .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of the compounds in Table 2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof. [00100] Table 2
  • Table 1 and Table 2 serve to define that a particular structure is associated with a particular name. Whenever a particular name is recited in this disclosure or the claims, the chemical structure associated with that particular name shall be the structure identified in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein the compound is
  • Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH 3 or -CN;
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF 3 , -OCF 3, -CN, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, or (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy;
  • R 9 is (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 8 )cycloalkyl, pyrazolyl or pyridinyl; wherein R 9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting
  • Rn and R 12 may form a 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring
  • Rio is Rn, -COR 11 , -COORn, -S0 2 Rn, 5-methyl-2-oxo-l,3-dioxol-4-yl,
  • R 9 and R 10 together form a piperazinone or a 4-to 8- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COORn, -CH 2 - COOR 11 , -OH, -NH 2 , -CN, and (Ci-C 8 )alkoxy;
  • Rii and R 12 are independently H or (Ci-C 6 )alkyl, optionally substituted with 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; and
  • n are each independently 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein n is
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein n is 2.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Z is
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R 3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R 3 is -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein m is 1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein m is 1. [00112] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Rg is (Ci-C 6 )alkyl; wherein R 9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -CONH 2 , and -NH 2 . In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Rg is methyl or ethyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Rg is further substituted with -COOH.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R 10 is -H, -COMe, -COOEt. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Rio is -H or -COMe. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R 10 is -H.
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R 9 and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, - COOEt, -CH 2 -COOH, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 9 and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of - COOH, -CH2-COOH, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -COOEt, -CH 2 -COOH, -CH 2 -COOMe, -CH 2 -COOEt, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -CH 2 -COOH, and -NH 2 .
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are selected from the group consisting of
  • the compounds of Formula (la) are selected from the group comprising
  • X is (C 6 -Cio)aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl
  • Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH 3 or -CN;
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -CN, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, or (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently H, (Ci-C 9 )alkyl, (C 4 -Ci 2 )cycloalkyl, or R 4 and R 5 together form a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; with the proviso that:
  • R 4 and R 5 are not both H
  • R 4 and R 5 independently or said heterocycloalkyl ring formed by R 4 and R 5 together is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of-C0 2 H, -C0 2 R 6 , -CN, -OH, -CONR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 R 8 ; wherein:
  • Rs is (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl
  • R 7 and Rg are each independently H, (Ci_Ci 2 )alkyl, or R 7 and Rg together form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; and m and n are each independently 1 , 2, 3, or 4.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein n is
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein n is 2.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Z is
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R 3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R 3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R 3 is -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein m is 1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein m is 1.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein X is 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein X is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein X is pyridyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R4 is H and R 5 is (Ci-C 9 )alkyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -CO2H, -CO2R6, and -CONRyRs.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R ⁇ is (Ci-C 6 )alkyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R 5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with -C0 2 H.
  • Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH 3 or -CN;
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -CN, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, or (Ci-Ci 2 )alkoxy;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently H, (Ci-Cc))alkyl, (C4-Ci 2 )cycloalkyl, or R 4 and R 5 together form a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; with the proviso that:
  • R 4 and R 5 are not both H
  • R 4 and R 5 independently or said heterocycloalkyl ring formed by R 4 and R 5 together is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of-C0 2 H, -C0 2 R 6 , -CN, -OH, -CONR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 R 8 ; wherein: Re is (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl;
  • R 7 and R 8 are each independently H, (Ci_Ci 2 )alkyl, or R 7 and R 8 together form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; and m and n are each independently 1 , 2, 3, or 4.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein n is
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein n is 2.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Z is
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R 3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R 3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R 3 is -CI. [00140] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein m is 1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein m is 1.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein X is 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein X is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein X is pyridyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R4 is H and R 5 is (Ci-Cc))alkyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R 5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -CO2H, -CO2R6, and -CONRyRs.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R ⁇ is (Ci-C 6 )alkyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with -C0 2 H.
  • the compounds of Formula (Ic) are selected from the group consisting of
  • Y is 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-(2-yl or 3-yl);
  • Z is -O- or -S-;
  • Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle
  • R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH 3 or -CN;
  • R 3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -CN, (Ci-Ci 2 )alkyl, or
  • n and n are each independently 1 , 2, 3, or 4.
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Y is
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Y is 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein R 2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein n is
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein n is 2.
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Z is
  • the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein R 3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein R 3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein R 3 is -CI. [00156] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein m is 1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein m is 1.
  • the compound of Formula (Id) is 5-chloro-4-(4- chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
  • the Compounds provided herein can contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms.
  • the Compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium ( 3 H), iodine- 125 ( 125 I), sulfur-35 ( 35 S), or carbon-14 ( 14 C), or may be isotopically enriched, such as with deuterium ( 2 H), carbon- 13 ( 13 C), or nitrogen- 15 ( 15 N).
  • an "isotopologue” is an isotopically enriched Compound.
  • isotopically enriched refers to an atom having an isotopic composition other than the natural isotopic composition of that atom.
  • isotopically enriched may also refer to a Compound containing at least one atom having an isotopic composition other than the natural isotopic composition of that atom.
  • isotopic composition refers to the amount of each isotope present for a given atom.
  • Radiolabeled and isotopically enriched Compounds are useful as therapeutic agents, e.g., cancer and inflammation therapeutic agents; research reagents, e.g., binding assay reagents; and diagnostic agents, e.g., in vivo imaging agents.
  • isotopologues of the Compounds are deuterium, carbon- 13, or nitrogen- 15 enriched Compounds.
  • a Compound provided herein modulates the activity of a sodium ion channel, such as a voltage-gated sodium ion channel.
  • a voltage-gated sodium ion channel is NaVl .7 (whose alpha subunit is encoded by the human gene SCN9A).
  • a Compound provided herein reduces the sodium ion flux through NaVl .7 by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100%, or by ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10-20%), 10-30%), 10-40%), 20-30%, or 20-40%) relative to the activated channel in the absence of the compound.
  • a Compound provided herein increases the sodium ion flux through NaV 1.7 by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, 250%), 500%), 750%), or 1000%), or by ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10- 20%, 10-30%, 10-40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) relative to the activated channel in the absence of the compound.
  • a Compound provided herein desensitizes the response of NaV 1.7 to the change in membrane potential such that the channel requires at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%, or ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10-20%, 10-30%, 10-40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) higher change in membrane potential to be activated relative to the channel in the absence of the compound.
  • a Compound provided herein sensitizes the response of
  • NaV1.7 to the change in membrane potential such that the channel requires at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%, or ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10-20%, 10-30%, 10-40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) lower change in membrane potential to be activated relative to the channel in the absence of the compound.
  • a Compound provided herein affects a voltage-gated sodium ion channel, e.g., NaV1.7, in one or more of the following states: deactivated (closed), activated (open), or inactivated (closed).
  • a Compound provided herein affects activation, inactivation, or deinactivation of a voltage-gated sodium ion channel, e.g., NaV 1.7.
  • a Compound provided herein modulates NaVl .7 specifically, i.e., the compound modulates NaV1.7 to at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, 250%, 500%, 750%, or 1000% higher degree than another voltage-gated sodium ion channel (such as NaVl . l, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.8, and/or NaV 1.9), or to a higher degree between any of the recited percentages (e.g. , 10-20%>, 10- 30%, 10-40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) than another voltage-gated sodium channel.
  • another voltage-gated sodium ion channel such as NaVl . l, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.8, and/or NaV 1.9
  • any assay known to the skilled artisan can be used to test the effect of a compound provided herein on a voltage-gated sodium ion channel.
  • a cell culture assay is used, wherein the voltage-gated sodium ion channel is recombinantly expressed in the cultured cells.
  • the alpha subunit of the voltage-gated sodium ion channel is expressed but no accessory proteins are recombinantly expressed in the same cell.
  • SCN9A and SCN9B1 and SCN9B2 are co-expressed in the same cell.
  • the alpha subunit of the voltage-gated sodium ion channel is expressed and at least one accessory protein (e.g., a beta-subunit) is co- expressed in the same cell.
  • an FDSS membrane potential assay can be used to test the activity of the voltage-gated sodium ion channel (see the Section entitled "FDSS Membrane Potential in vitro Assay” below).
  • the membrane potential is measured directly using.
  • the current through a voltage-gated sodium ion channel is tested using the patch clamp method.
  • a compound of Formula (la) can be synthesized according to synthetic Scheme 1.
  • a compound of Formula (lb) can be prepared according to synthetic Scheme 2.
  • a compound of Formula (lb) can be prepared according to synthetic Scheme 2.
  • X is, for example, a (C 6 -Cio)aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, such as a 4-halo-picolinonitrile or a 4-halo-picolinic ester (e.g., a methyl picolinate), wherein the halo substituent is, for example, a chloro or bromo substituent, provides Intermediate E.
  • Intermediate E is reacted with a base, such as potassium hydroxide, to give Intermediate F.
  • Intermediate F is reacted with NHR 4 R 5 to form the amide Intermediate G using, for example, 1- ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (“EDC”) and 1 -hydroxy- lH-benzotriazole (“HOBt”).
  • EDC 1- ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide
  • HOBt 1 -hydroxy- lH-benzotriazole
  • Intermediate G is reacted with a fluoro-substituted phenylsulfonamide, wherein the sulfonamide nitrogen is optionally protected by a group, such as BOC or 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, in presence of a base, such as potassium carbonate, to give Intermediate H.
  • a base such as potassium carbonate
  • a compound of Formula (Ic) can be prepared according to synthetic Scheme 3.
  • a compound of Formula (Ic) can be prepared according to synthetic Scheme 3.
  • Intermediate I is reacted with a base, such as potassium hydroxide, to give Intermediate J.
  • Intermediate J is reacted with NHR 4 R 5 to form the amide Intermediate K using, for example, EDC and HOBt.
  • Intermediate K is reacted with a fluoro-substituted
  • a compound of Formula (Id) can be prepared according to synthetic Scheme 4.
  • Phenylacetonitrile derivative M with a protected hydroxy or thiol group, such as a methyl protected hydroxy group, i.e., a -OMe group, is formylated by using, for example, Na/ethyl formate or NaOEt/ethyl formate to give Intermediate N.
  • Intermediate N is reacted with hydrazine to provide Intermediate O.
  • Intermediate O is reacted with dihaloalkanes, such as 1,3- dibromopropane, under basic conditions, for example, in presence of NaH or CS 2 CO 3 , to give Intermediate P.
  • Intermediate P after deprotection of the phenol or thiol, for example, by reacting a methyl protected hydroxy group with BBr 3 , can undergo same synthetic sequence as described Scheme 1, Scheme 2,or Scheme 3 to give compound S, which is a compound of Formula (Id).
  • Intermediate W which is deprotected and subjected to the procedures described and referred to in this paragraph to give compounds of Formula (Id) can be obtained as follows: Intermediate T is reacted under Suzuki conditions in presence of a base and a palladium catalyst with Intermediate U or U', wherein R of Intermediate U or U' is a nitro group or a suitably protected amino group, to give Intermediate V. Intermediate V is subjected to conditions, which reduce the nitro group to an amino group or deprotect the nitrogen to release an amino group, such as zinc in acetic acid or hydrogen and Raney-Nickel, to give Intermediate W.
  • Scheme 4
  • a Compound provided herein i.e., a compound of Formula (I), a compound of Formula (la), a compound of Formula (lb), a compound of Formula (Ic), a compound of Formula (Id), a compound listed in Table 1, or a compound listed in Table 2).
  • kits for managing pain comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a Compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or tautomeric form thereof.
  • kits for treating pain comprising use of a Compound, as a voltage-gated sodium channel inhibitor.
  • the methods are those, wherein the pain is neuropathic, nociceptive or inflammatory pain.
  • the methods are those, wherein the voltage-gated sodium channel is NaV1.7.
  • a NaVl .7-dysfunction-associated disorder comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a Compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or tautomeric form thereof.
  • the method comprises administering to the subject in need of such prevention or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a Compound.
  • the methods are those, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of a Compound is effective to alleviate pain in a subject, wherein the Compound shows a reduction in pain response in the Formalin Assay (in phase 1 or phase 2, or both) (see Section 5.1.2) at a dose between 0.1 mg/kg and 1,000 mg/kg, at a dose between 0.5 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg, at a dose between 1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, or at a dose of 5 mg/kg.
  • a Compound provided herein shows a reduction in pain response in the Formalin Assay (in phase 1 or phase 2, or both) by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100%, or by ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10-20%, 10-30%, 10-40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) relative to a vehicle control.
  • the methods are those, wherein the pain is nociceptive pain, such as that resulting from physical trauma (e.g., a cut or contusion of the skin; or a chemical or thermal burn), osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis or tendonitis; myofascial pain; neuropathic pain, such as that associated with stroke, diabetic neuropathy, luetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, fibromyalgia, or painful neuropathy induced iatrogenically by drugs; or mixed pain (i.e., pain with both nociceptive and neuropathic components); visceral pain; headache pain (e.g., migraine headache pain); CRPS; CRPS type I; CRPS type II; RSD; reflex neurovascular dystrophy; reflex dystrophy; sympathetically maintained pain syndrome; causalgia; Sudeck atrophy of bone; algoneurodystrophy; shoulder hand syndrome; post-traumatic dystrophy; auto
  • the method comprises contacting a cell that expresses the voltage-gated sodium channel with a Compound.
  • the methods are those, wherein the voltage-gated sodium channel is NaVl .7.
  • the methods are those, wherein the method results in inhibition of the voltage-gated sodium channel.
  • a Compound provided herein is administered to a patient population with a gain of function mutation in a gene encoding the alpha subunit of a voltage gated sodium ion channel, such as NaV1.7.
  • a Compound provided herein is administered to a patient population diagnosed with erythromelalgia, primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder (PEPD), or NaV1.7-associated fibromyalgia.
  • PEPD paroxysmal extreme pain disorder
  • compositions comprising a Compound provided herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are those, wherein the composition is suitable for topical, oral, subcutaneous, or intravenous administration.
  • compositions comprising an effective amount of a Compound and compositions comprising an effective amount of a Compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
  • the pharmaceutical composition described herein are suitable for oral, parenteral, mucosal, transdermal or topical administration.
  • the Compounds can be administered to a patient orally or parenterally in the conventional form of preparations, such as capsules, microcapsules, tablets, granules, powder, troches, pills, suppositories, injections, suspensions and syrups.
  • suitable formulations can be prepared by methods commonly employed using conventional, organic or inorganic additives, such as an excipient (e.g., sucrose, starch, mannitol, sorbitol, lactose, glucose, cellulose, talc, calcium phosphate or calcium carbonate), a binder (e.g., cellulose, methylcellulose,
  • hydroxymethylcellulose polypropylpyrrolidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gelatin, gum arabic, polyethyleneglycol, sucrose or starch
  • a disintegrator e.g., starch, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylstarch, low substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, sodium bicarbonate, calcium phosphate or calcium citrate
  • a lubricant e.g., magnesium stearate, light anhydrous silicic acid, talc or sodium lauryl sulfate
  • a flavoring agent e.g., citric acid, menthol, glycine or orange powder
  • a preservative e.g., sodium benzoate, sodium bisulfite, methylparaben or
  • propylparaben e.g., citric acid, sodium citrate or acetic acid
  • a suspending agent e.g., methylcellulose, polyvinyl pyrroliclone or aluminum stearate
  • a dispersing agent e.g., sodium citrate or acetic acid
  • the effective amount of the Compound in the pharmaceutical composition may be at a level that will exercise the desired effect; for example, about 0.1 mg/kg to about 1000 mg/kg or about 0.5mg/kg to about lOOmg/kg of a patient's body weight in unit dosage for both oral and parenteral administration.
  • the dose of a Compound to be administered to a patient is rather widely variable and can be the judgment of a health-care practitioner.
  • the Compounds can be administered one to four times a day in a dose of about 0.1 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 1000 mg/kg of a patient's body weight in a patient, but the above dosage may be properly varied depending on the age, body weight and medical condition of the patient and the type of administration.
  • the dose is about 0.05 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 500 mg/kg of a patient's body weight, 0.05 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 100 mg/kg of a patient's body weight, about 0.5 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 100 mg/kg of a patient's body weight, about 0.1 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 50 mg/kg of a patient's body weight or about 0.1 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 25 mg/kg of a patient's body weight.
  • one dose is given per day.
  • two doses are given per day.
  • the amount of the Compound administered will depend on such factors as the solubility of the active component, the formulation used and the route of administration.
  • kits for the treatment of pain comprising the administration of about 7.5 mg/day to about 75 g/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 37.5 g/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 7.5 g/day, about 37.5 mg/day to about 7.5 g/day, about 7.5 mg/day to about 3.75 g/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 1.875 g/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 1,000 mg/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 800 mg/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 500 mg/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 300 mg/day, or about 3.75 mg/day to about 150 mg/day of a Compound to a patient in need thereof.
  • the methods disclosed herein comprise the administration of 1 mg/day, 5 mg/day, 10 mg/day, 15 mg/day, 20 mg/day, 30 mg/day, 40 mg/day, 45 mg/day, 50 mg/day, 60 mg/day, 75 mg/day, 100 mg/day, 125 mg/day, 150 mg/day, 200 mg/day, 250 mg/day, 300 mg/day, 400 mg/day, 600 mg/day, 800 mg/day, 1,000 mg/day, 1,500 mg/day, 2,000 mg/day, 2,500 mg/day, 5,000 mg/day, or 7,500 mg/day of a Compound to a patient in need thereof.
  • unit dosage formulations that comprise between about 7.5 mg to about 75 g, about 3.75 mg to about 37.5 g, about 3.75 mg to about 7.5 g, about 37.5 mg to about 7.5 g, about 7.5 mg to about 3.75 g, about 3.75 mg to about 1.875 g, about 3.75 mg to about 1,000 mg, about 3.75 mg to about 800 mg, about 3.75 mg to about 500 mg, about 3.75 mg to about 300 mg, or about 3.75 mg to about 150 mg of a
  • unit dosage formulation comprising about 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 45 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 75 mg, 100 mg, 125 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg 1 ,000 mg, 1 ,500 mg, 2,000 mg, 2,500 mg, 5,000 mg, or 7,500 mg of a Compound.
  • unit dosage formulations that comprise a Compound dosage that achieves a target plasma concentration of the Compound in a patient or an animal model.
  • unit dosage formulations that achieves a plasma concentration of the Compound ranging from approximately 0.001 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 100 mg/mL, approximately 0.01 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 100 mg/mL, approximately 0.01 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 10 mg/mL, approximately 0.1 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 10 mg/mL, approximately 0.1 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 500 ⁇ g/mL, approximately 0.1 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 500 ⁇ g/mL, approximately 0.1 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 100 ⁇ g/mL, or approximately 0.5 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 10 ⁇ g/mL in a patient or an animal model.
  • a Compound or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may be administered at doses that vary from 0.001 ⁇ g to 100,000 mg, depending upon the route of administration.
  • subsequent doses of a Compound may be adjusted accordingly based on the plasma concentrations of the Compound achieved with initial doses of the Compound or pharmaceutical composition thereof administered to the subject.
  • a Compound can be administered once, twice, three, four or more times daily.
  • a Compound can be administered orally for reasons of convenience.
  • a Compound when administered orally, a Compound is administered with a meal and water.
  • the Compound is dispersed in water or juice (e.g., apple juice or orange juice) and administered orally as a suspension.
  • a Compound when administered orally, a Compound is administered in a fasted state.
  • the Compound can also be administered intradermally, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, percutaneously, intravenously, subcutaneously, intranasally, epidurally, sublingually, intracerebrally, intravaginally, transdermally, rectally, mucosally, by inhalation, or topically to the ears, nose, eyes, or skin.
  • the mode of administration is left to the discretion of the health-care practitioner, and can depend in-part upon the site of the medical condition.
  • provided herein are capsules containing a Compound without an additional carrier, excipient or vehicle.
  • compositions comprising an effective amount of a Compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle, wherein a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle can comprise an excipient, diluent, or a mixture thereof.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle can comprise an excipient, diluent, or a mixture thereof.
  • the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
  • compositions can be in the form of tablets, chewable tablets, capsules, solutions, parenteral solutions, troches, suppositories and suspensions and the like.
  • compositions can be formulated to contain a daily dose, or a convenient fraction of a daily dose, in a dosage unit, which may be a single tablet or capsule or convenient volume of a liquid.
  • the solutions are prepared from water-soluble salts.
  • all of the compositions are prepared according to known methods in pharmaceutical chemistry.
  • Capsules can be prepared by mixing a Compound with a suitable carrier or diluent and filling the proper amount of the mixture in capsules.
  • the usual carriers and diluents include, but are not limited to, inert powdered substances such as starch of many different kinds, powdered cellulose, especially crystalline and microcrystalline cellulose, sugars such as fructose, mannitol and sucrose, grain flours and similar edible powders.
  • Tablets can be prepared by direct compression, by wet granulation, or by dry granulation. Their formulations usually incorporate diluents, binders, lubricants and
  • Typical diluents include, for example, various types of starch, lactose, mannitol, kaolin, calcium phosphate or sulfate, inorganic salts such as sodium chloride and powdered sugar. Powdered cellulose derivatives are also useful.
  • Typical diluents include, for example, various types of starch, lactose, mannitol, kaolin, calcium phosphate or sulfate, inorganic salts such as sodium chloride and powdered sugar. Powdered cellulose derivatives are also useful.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is lactose-free.
  • Typical tablet binders are substances such as starch, gelatin and sugars such as lactose, fructose, glucose and the like.
  • Natural and synthetic gums are also convenient, including acacia, alginates, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine and the like. Polyethylene glycol, ethylcellulose and waxes can also serve as binders.
  • a lubricant might be necessary in a tablet formulation to prevent the tablet and punches from sticking in the die.
  • the lubricant can be chosen from such slippery solids as talc, magnesium and calcium stearate, stearic acid and hydrogenated vegetable oils.
  • Tablet disintegrators are substances that swell when wetted to break up the tablet and release the compound. They include starches, clays, celluloses, algins and gums. More particularly, corn and potato starches, methylcellulose, agar, bentonite, wood cellulose, powdered natural sponge, cation-exchange resins, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp and carboxymethyl cellulose, for example, can be used as well as sodium lauryl sulfate. Tablets can be coated with sugar as a flavor and sealant, or with film-forming protecting agents to modify the dissolution properties of the tablet.
  • the compositions can also be formulated as chewable tablets, for example, by using substances such as mannitol in the formulation.
  • Cocoa butter is a traditional suppository base, which can be modified by addition of waxes to raise its melting point slightly.
  • Water-miscible suppository bases comprising, particularly, polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights are in wide use.
  • a slowly soluble pellet of the Compound can be prepared and incorporated in a tablet or capsule, or as a slow-release implantable device.
  • the technique also includes making pellets of several different dissolution rates and filling capsules with a mixture of the pellets.
  • Tablets, capsules, or pellets can be coated with a film that resists dissolution for a predictable period of time (the coating may comprise, for example, polymethylacrylates or ethyl cellulose).
  • the parenteral preparations can be made long-acting, by dissolving or suspending the Compound in oily or emulsified vehicles that allow it to disperse slowly in the serum.
  • In vitro assays were performed in recombinant cell line that stably express a heterotrimeric protein of interest from an introduced nucleic acid encoding the alpha subunit (hNavl .7, SCN9A), the beta subunit (SCNBl) and the beta subunit (SCNB2).
  • the cell line was constructed in Human Embryonic Kidney 293 cells. Additional cell lines stably expressing recombinant Navl .7 or Navl .5 alpha subunit alone or in combination with various beta subunits can also be used in in-vitro assays.
  • Membrane potential dye(s) Blue membrane potential dye (Molecular Devices).
  • HLB021-152 (AnaSpec) combined with a
  • fluorescence quencher e.g. Dipicrylamine (DP A), Acid Violet 17 (AV 17), Diazine Black (DB), HLB30818, FD and C Black Shade, Trypan Blue, Bromophenol Blue, HLB30701, HLB30702, HLB30703, Nitrazine Yellow, Nitro Red, DABCYL (Molecular Probes), FD and C Red NO. 40, QSY (Molecular Probes), metal ion quenchers ⁇ e.g., Co 2+ , Ni 2+ , Cu 2+ ), and iodide ion.
  • DP A Dipicrylamine
  • AV 17 Acid Violet 17
  • DB Diazine Black
  • HLB30818, FD and C Black Shade Trypan Blue, Bromophenol Blue, HLB30701, HLB30702, HLB30703, Nitrazine Yellow, Nitro Red, DABCYL (Molecular Probes), FD and C Red NO. 40, QSY (Molecular Probes), metal ion quenchers ⁇ e.g
  • Assay agonists Veratridine and scorpion venom proteins modulate the activity of voltage-gated sodium channels through a combination of mechanisms, including an alteration of the inactivation kinetics.
  • Veratridine and scorpion venom from Leiurus quinquestriatus quinquestriatus can be purchased from Sigma- Aldrich (St. Louis, MO). Stock solutions were prepared as lOmM (veratridine) in DMSO and as lmg/ml (scorpion venom) in de-ionised water. The sodium channels agonists were diluted in assay buffer to a 4x concentration with final concentration being 2-25 ⁇ for veratridine and 2-20 ⁇ g/ml for scorpion venom.
  • Test compounds were prepared as 2 - lOmM stock in DMSO. The stock solutions were further diluted in DMSO in serial dilution steps and then transferred to assay buffer as 4x of the final assay concentrations. Test compounds were added during the first addition (pre- stimulation) step in the kinetic read. All test compound concentrations were evaluated in triplicate.
  • Cells stably expressing NaVl .7 ⁇ , ⁇ and ⁇ 2 subunits were maintained under standard cell culture conditions in Dulbecco's Modified Eagles medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, glutamine and HEPES.
  • cell dissociation reagent e.g., trypsin, CDB (GIBCO) or cell-stripper (Mediatech)
  • the assay plates were maintained in a 37°C cell culture incubator under 5% C0 2 for 22-48 hours.
  • the media was then removed from the assay plates and membrane potential fluorescent dye diluted in load buffer (137 mM NaCl, 5 mM KC1, 1.25 mM CaCl 2 , 25 mM HEPES, 10 mM glucose) was added.
  • load buffer 137 mM NaCl, 5 mM KC1, 1.25 mM CaCl 2 , 25 mM HEPES, 10 mM glucose
  • the cells were incubated with the membrane potential dye for 45-60 mins at 37°C.
  • the dye-loaded assay plates were then placed in the high-throughput fluorescent plate reader (Hamamatsu FDSS). The kinetic read was started with assay plate imaging every second.
  • the assay buffer alone, or test compound diluted in the assay buffer were added to the cells (1 st addition step) and the kinetic read continued every 2 s for 2 mins total after which cells were stimulated with veratridine and scorpion venom (2 nd addition step) diluted in assay buffer to evaluate the effects of the test compounds.
  • Examples 1, 2, 3, 12, 13, 16, 26, 32 showed IC50 values less than 0.13 ⁇ ; examples 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 18, 20, and 28 showed IC50 value between 0.13 and 1.0 ⁇ ; examples 14, 17, 19, 21, 22, and 23 showed IC50 values greater than 1.0 ⁇ and 20.0 ⁇ .
  • NaVl .7 or NaVl .5 was done on a Patchliner® instrument, Nanion Technologies. The
  • Patchliner® is a fully automated bench-top patch clamp platform and can record simultaneously from up to eight single cells with GQ seals.
  • test potential Vmax
  • Vl/2 half-inactivation potential
  • the current was activated with the following voltage protocol: holding at Vl/2 for 2-5 seconds, return to the -120mV for 5- 10ms to relieve fast inactivation, stepping to test potential (Vmax) for 10-20 ms. This voltage protocol was repeated every 10 seconds to establish the baseline with 2-3 buffer additions followed by the test compound addition.
  • the dose-dependent inhibition was analyzed using Nanion's Data Analysis Package. [00216] Examples 1, 2, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 20, 24, 26, 28, 29 and 32 showed IC50 values less than 0.1 ⁇ ; examples 14, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 25 and 33 showed IC50 value between 0.1 and 1.0 ⁇ .
  • test compounds at four different concentrations ( ⁇ - 6.0, 2.0, 0.7, 0.2), a positive control (Ketoconazole) and a solvent control were incubated at room temperature in unique wells of a 96-well microtiter plate with CYP3 A4 enzyme complex for 20 minutes.
  • a pre-read fluorescence (Ex- 485 nm / Em- 530 nm) was measured at the start of the incubation using a Tecan Safire 2 microplate reader-monochromator to determine background fluorescence.
  • enzyme substrate and co-enzyme were added and the reaction was kinetically monitored for 1 hour by measuring fluorescence every minute. Effect of test compounds on inhibition of CYP3A4 metabolism of provided substrate was determined by calculating the ratio of the effective reaction rate in presence of test compound to that in the absence of inhibitor.
  • Examples 9, 11, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 21, and 22 showed 0-25% CYP3A4 inhibition at 6 ⁇ test concentration; examples 5, 6, 8, 10 and 16 showed 25-50% CYP3A4 inhibition at 6 ⁇ test concentration ; examples 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 20 and 32 showed 50-100%) CYP3A4 inhibition at 6 ⁇ test concentration.
  • phase 1 (0 to 10 minutes post-formalin injection) is related to direct damage on nociceptors at the sensory nerve endings and mimics post-surgical pain and wound pain
  • phase 2 11 to 40 minutes post- formalin injection
  • phase 2 (11 to 40 minutes post- formalin injection) is related to neuro- inflammation pain which mimics inflammatory arthritis (joint pain).
  • a test compound a positive control, such as mexiletine or lidocaine, which are well-known to inhibit pain
  • a vehicle control such as saline
  • a small metal band 0.5 grams
  • Formalin is injected into the paw with the band and the animal is then placed without restraint inside the observation chamber over an electromagnetic detector system.
  • the paw flinches are detected by the system and counted automatically using a computer.
  • a file is written that contains identifying information for each animal and the number of flinches per minute over time.
  • the Foot fault test is conducted 75 minutes post-dosing. Other observations of changes in movement such as immobility and seizure are recorded during the whole study period. At the end of study, the animals are euthanized.
  • Example 1 showed reduction in pain response of 14% (formalin assay, phase 1) and 17% (formalin assay phase 2) relative to vehicle control at a dose of 75 mg/kg via the oral route.
  • Example 12 showed reduction in pain response of 13-24% (formalin assay, phase
  • the Partial Sciatic Nerve Ligation Model is associated with neuropathic pain such as spinal disc bulge and diabetic nerve damage.
  • the sciatic nerve is just beneath the muscle and is hooked out using an 18-20G feeding needle (90 degree curved); the sciatic nerve is flat on the feeding needle and approximately one-half the diameter of the nerve is tightly ligated with 7-0 silk suture.
  • a response of the injured leg twitch indicates the success of ligation.
  • bupivicaine 0.1-0.2 ml (0.125%) is given at the incision area, the muscle and the adjacent fascia are closed with 5-0 absorbable sutures.
  • the skin is sutured with absorbable suture and tissue glue. Sham surgery animals (about 8-10 animals) undergo the same surgical procedure but with no ligation. Animals are returned to their home cage after recovery from anesthesia.
  • the plantar test quantitatively assesses the thermal threshold of the hindpaw.
  • Rats are placed on the glass surface of a thermal testing apparatus (Model 336, IITC/Life Science Instruments, Woodland Hills, CA) and are allowed to acclimate for 10 min before testing on the glass surface at room temperature.
  • the animals are placed in chambers with the temperature of the glass surface maintained constant at 30-32°C.
  • a mobile radiant heat source located under the glass is focused onto the hindpaw of each rat.
  • the device is set at 55% (heating rate ⁇ 3°C per sec) heating intensity with a cut-off at 10 sec.
  • the paw withdrawal latency was recorded by a digital timer.
  • the thermal threshold is determined as the mean withdrawal latency from two to three consecutive trials of both hindpaws The cutoff of 10 s was used to prevent potential tissue damage.
  • the paw pressure test assesses nociceptive mechanical thresholds, expressed in grams, and is measured with a Ugo Basil Analgesimeter (Varese, Italy). The test is performed by applying a noxious (painful) pressure to the hindpaw. By pressing a pedal that activates a motor, the force is increased (32 g/s) on a linear scale. When the animal displays pain by withdrawal of the paw or vocalization, the pedal is immediately released and the nociceptive pain threshold read on a scale (a cutoff of 150 g is used to avoid tissue injury) (Courteix et al. 1994). Both hindpaws are used for assessment of mechanical hyperalgesia. At least two trials, separated by 10 min, are performed in each rat, and the mean value is used. A testing session for a particular rat begins after 5 min of habituation or as soon as the rat stops exploring and appears acclimatized to the testing environment.
  • the Von Frey test quantifies mechanical sensitivity of the hindpaw, The test utilizes a non-noxious stimulus, and is therefore considered to measure tactile allodynia. Animals are placed under clear plastic boxes above a wire mesh floor, which allowed full access to the paws. Behavioral acclimation is allowed for at least 5 min. Mechanical paw withdrawal thresholds (PWTs) are measured with the up-down testing paradigm.
  • Von Frey filaments in log increments of force (2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0, 15.0, 26, 60 g or size 4.31, 4.56, 4.74, 4.93, 5.07, 5.18, 5.46, 5.88) are applied for a duration of 2-3 s to the mid-plantar paw in neuropathic pain (i.e. PSNL) animals.
  • Application is to the central region of the plantar surface avoiding the foot pads.
  • the 4.0-g stimulus is applied first. Whenever a withdrawal response to a given probe occurs, the next smaller von Frey probe is applied. Whenever a negative response occurs, the next higher von Frey probe is applied.
  • the test continued until (1) the responses of four more stimuli (total 3-5 trials) after the first change in response has been obtained or (2) the upper/lower end of the von Frey hair is reached (bending). If the animal shows no response to any of the von Frey hairs, a value of 26 g, corresponding to the next log increment in potential von Frey filament, is assigned as the threshold. The testing is continued until the hair with the lowest force to induce a rapid flicking of paw is determined or when the cut off force of approximately 26 g is reached. This cut off force is used because it represent approximately 10% of the animals' body weight and serves to prevent rising of the entire limb due to the use of stiffer hairs, which would change the nature of the stimulus.
  • each hair is confirmed weekly by measuring the magnitude in grams exerted by the hair when applied to an electronic balance.
  • the hair is applied only when the rat is stationary and standing on all four paws.
  • a withdrawal response is considered valid only if the hind paw is completely removed from the platform.
  • the hind paw only flinches after a single application; as the hind paw is not lifted from the platform, this is not considered a withdrawal response.
  • a trial consists of application of a von Frey hair to the hind paw five times at 5 s intervals or as soon as the hind paw is placed appropriately on the platform.
  • the next larger hair in the series is applied in a similar manner.
  • the value of that hair in grams is considered to be the withdrawal threshold. Once the threshold is determined for the left hind paw, the same testing procedure is repeated on the right hind paw after 5 min.
  • Rats are tested for hypersensitivity and spontaneous pain in the weight-bearing test, using an Incapacitance tester (Linton Instruments, Norfolk, UK). The rat is placed into the plastic box of the device. The integrated paw pressure during this period (1-2 seconds) is displayed separately for the right and left leg. The ratio between the pressure of the right and left leg is calculated as left/right hind leg weight distribution ratio. The weight bearing assay is repeated 3 times in 5 minutes. The mean distribution ratio of 3 assays is calculated.
  • Examples 1 and 2 showed recovery of pain response of 49-62%> (paw pressure test), 59-73%) (plantar test) and 50-66%) (weight bearing) relative to vehicle control at a dose of 30 mg/kg via the intraperitoneal route. [00239] Writhing Model
  • the Acetic Acid Writhing Model is associated with visceral pain (abdominal pain, such as stomach pain, and pain caused by, for example, bile duct congestion and kidney stones).
  • Example 2 showed reduction in pain response of 48-58% relative to vehicle control at doses of 10 to 30 mg/kg via the intraperitoneal route.
  • LC-MS was carried out on Acquity H-Class UPLC, PDA and SQ Detector.
  • the column used was BEH CI 8 50 X 2.1 mm, 1.7 micron and column flow was 0.55 ml /min.
  • LC-MS was carried out on Waters LC alliance 2995, PDA 2996 and SQ Detector.
  • the column used was X-B RIDGE C18 150 X 4.6 mm X5 micron and column flow was 1.0 ml /min.
  • Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Ammonia in water and (B) 0.1 % Ammonia in Acetonitrile.
  • the UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max and Mass spectra were recorded using ESI technique. The following gradient is used to monitor reaction progress and analyze final products.
  • LC-MS was carried out on Waters LC alliance 2995, PDA 2996 and SQ Detector.
  • the column used was X-BRIDGE CI 8 150 X 4.6 mm X5 micron and column flow was 1.0 ml/min.
  • Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Ammonia in water and (B) 0.1 % Ammonia in Acetonitrile.
  • the UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max and Mass spectra were recorded using ESI technique. The following gradient is used to monitor reaction progress and analyze final products.
  • LC-MS was carried out on Waters LC alliance 2995, PDA 2996 and SQ Detector.
  • the column used was X-BRIDGE CI 8 150 X 4.6 mm X5 micron and column flow was 1.0 ml/min.
  • Mobile phase were used (A) 20mM Ammonium Acetate in water and (B) 100% Methanol.
  • the UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max and Mass spectra were recorded using ESI technique. The following gradient is used to monitor reaction progress and analyze final products.
  • HPLC was carried out on Waters e2695, PDA Detector. The column used was
  • HPLC was carried out on Waters e2695, PDA Detector. The column used was
  • HPLC was carried out on Waters e2695, PDA Detector.
  • the column used was X-
  • BRIDGE CI 8 150 X 4.6 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 1.00 ml/min.
  • Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Ammonia in water and (B) 0.1 % Ammonia in Acetonitrile.
  • the UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max. The following gradient is used.
  • HPLC was carried out on Waters e2695, PDA Detector.
  • the column used was X-
  • BRIDGE CI 8 150 X 4.6 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 1.00 ml/min.
  • Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Ammonia in water and (B) 0.1 % Ammonia in Acetonitrile.
  • the UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max. The following gradient is used.
  • PREP HPLC was carried out on Shimadzu UFLC, LC-20 AP, and UV Detector.
  • the column used was Sunfire OBD, C18 250 X 19 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 18.00 ml /mm.
  • Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % HCL in water and (B) 100% Acetonitrile.
  • the UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max. The following gradient was used.
  • PREP HPLC was carried out on Shimadzu UFLC, LC-20 AP, and UV Detector.
  • the column used was Sunfire OBD, C18 250 X 19 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 18.00 ml /mm.
  • Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Formic acid in water and (B) 0.1% Formic acid in Acetonitrile.
  • the UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max . The following gradient was used.
  • PREP HPLC was carried out on Shimadzu UFLC, LC-20 AP, and UV Detector.
  • the column used was X-BRIDGE, C18 250 X 19 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 18.00 ml /min.
  • Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Ammonia in water and (B) 0.1% Ammonia in Acetonitrile.
  • the UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max. The following gradient was used.
  • DBU l,8-Diazabyciclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
  • DCC 1,3-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • DCM Dichloromethane
  • DEAD Diethyl azodicarboxylate
  • DIPEA Diisopropylethylamine
  • D. M. water demineralized water
  • EDC l-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropy)carbodiimide hydrochloride
  • HOBt 1 -Hydro xybenzotriazole
  • KHMDS Potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
  • LAH Lithium aluminium hydride
  • LDA Lithium diisopropylamide
  • LHMDS Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
  • NaHMDS Sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
  • NBS N-Bromosuccinimide
  • TEA Triethylamine
  • TFA Trifluoroacetic acid
  • Step 1 Preparation of (5-chloro-2-hvdroxyphenyl)boronic acid.
  • IPA:toluene(7ml:7ml) were sequentially added (5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)boronic acid (1.49g, 8.65 mmol) and potassium carbonate (3.99g, 21.64 mmol) at room temperature.
  • the resulting reaction mixture was degassed for 15 minutes by purging with nitrogen. Thereafter calculated quantity of Tetrakis (0.416g, 0.36 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, nitrogen purging was further continued for next 20 minutes.
  • the resulting reaction mixture was then refluxed at
  • Step 4 Preparation of methyl 3-(4-(5-chloro-2-hydroxypheny0- picolinamido)propanoate)
  • Step 5 Synthesis of methyl-3-(4-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4- dimethoxybenzyl) - ⁇ - ⁇ ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-5- fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamido)propanoate)
  • Step 6 Preparation of 3-(4-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzvn -
  • Step 7 Preparation of 3-(4-(2-(4-(N .2.4-t adiazol-5-ylsulfamoyl)-2-chlon)-5- fluorophenoxy) -5 -chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoicacid
  • Step 1 Preparation of 3 -(5 -chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)acrylaldehyde
  • Step 2 Preparation of methyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl) allylamino) acetate
  • Step 3 Preparation of methyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-hvdroxyphenyl) propylamino) acetate
  • Step 4 Preparation of methyl 2-(3-(2-(4- -(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4- yl) sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl) propylamino) acetate
  • Step 5 Preparation of 2-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl - N-(thiazol-4- yPsulfamoyl) -2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propylamino)acetic acid
  • Step 6 Preparation of 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-thiazol-4- ylsulfamoyl) phenoxy) phenyl) propylamino) acetic acid
  • Compound 12 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate with 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4.
  • LC-MS: m/z 549.6 (M+H).
  • Example 13 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid
  • Compound 13 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yl)carbamate with 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2- yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4.
  • LC-MS: m/z 533.8 (M+H).
  • Example 14 l-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
  • Example 15 3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid
  • Example 16 4-amino-l-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
  • Step 1 Preparation of (S)-4-amino-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid
  • Step 3 (S.E -2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino -4-(3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)allylamino)butanoic acid
  • Step 4 (S -2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino -4-(3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)propylamino)butanoic acid
  • Step 5 (S -4-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonvn-N-(thiazol-4-vnsulfamovn-2- chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propylamino)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid
  • Step 6 Preparation of (S -2-amino-4-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fiuoro-4-(N- thiazol-4-ylsulfamoyl)phenoxy) phenyl)propylamino)butanoic acid
  • Example 18 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid
  • Example 19 l-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-3-carboxylic acid
  • Example 21 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid
  • Compound 21 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yl)carbamate with tert-butyl 2,4,5-trfluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate in step 4.
  • LC- MS: m/z 517.8 (M+H).
  • Example 22 3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid
  • Compound 22 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl 2,4,5-trfluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate in step 4.
  • LC-MS: m/z 531.8 (M+H).
  • Compound 23 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl (3-cyano-4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate in step 4.
  • LC-MS: m/z 520.9 (M+H).
  • Example 24 methyl 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetate
  • Example 25 3-((3-(2-(2-chlor o-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-5- fluorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid
  • Compound 25 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing 5-chloro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde with 5-fluoro-2- hydroxybenzaldehyde in step 1 , and replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2.
  • LC-MS: m/z 531.9 (M+H).
  • Step 1 Preparation of 3 -(5 -chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)acrylaldehyde
  • Step 3 Preparation of methyl 3-r3-(5-chloro-2-hvdroxyphenyl)propylamino1 propanoate)
  • Step 5 Preparation of methyl 3-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonvn-N-(thiazol-4- yl) sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl) propylamino) propanoate
  • Step 6 Preparation of 3-(3-(5-chloro-2(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-thiazol-4- ylsulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propylamino)propanamide fluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yDcarbamate
  • Example 27 2-(N-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)acetamido)acetic acid
  • Step 1 Preparation of (E)-3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl) acrylaldehyde
  • Step 2 Preparation of (EVmethyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)allylamino)acetate
  • Step 3 Preparation of methyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)propylamino)acetate
  • Step 4 Preparation of methyl 2-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonvn-N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propylamino)acetate
  • Step 5 Preparation of methyl 2-(N-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonvn-N-(thiazol-)
  • Step 6 Preparation of 2-(N-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl -N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propyl)acetamido)acetic acid
  • Step 7 Preparation of 2-(N-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fiuoro-4-(N-thiazol-4- ylsulfamoyl) phenoxy) phenyl) propyl)acetamido)acetic acid
  • Example 28 2-(l-(3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)- 5-chlorophenyl)propyl)piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid
  • Compound 28 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with methyl 2-(piperidin-4- yl)acetate in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yl)carbamate with 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5- yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4.
  • LC-MS: m/z 601.2 (M+H).
  • Compound 29 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate with 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4.
  • LC-MS: m z 547.9 (M+H).
  • Example 32 l-(3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
  • Compound 32 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with methyl piperidine-4- carboxylate in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yl)carbamate with 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5- yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4.
  • LC-MS: m/z 589.6 (M+H).
  • Step 1 Preparation of 5 -chloro-2-methoxybenzaldehyde
  • Step 2 Preparation of (5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl) methanol
  • Step 5 Preparation of 2-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenv0-3-oxopropanenitrile
  • Step 6 Preparation of 4-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5 -amine
  • Step 7 Preparation of 3-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydropyrazolo [ 1 ,5 -alpyrimidine
  • Step 8 Preparation of 4-chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yPphenol
  • Step 9 Preparation of tert-butyl 5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(4,5.6.7- tetrahydropyrazolo [ 1 ,5 -alpyrimidin-3 -yDphenoxy)- 2-fluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yDcarbamate
  • Step 10 Preparation of 5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolori,5- a1pyrimidin-3-yl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

Provided herein are sodium channel modulating Compounds, in particular NaVl.7 modulating compounds of Formula I: In particular, provided herein are processes for the preparation of, intermediates used in the preparation of, pharmaceutical compositions comprising, and therapeutic methods comprising administering such compounds. In particular, provided herein are compounds for the treatment of pain.

Description

SODIUM CHANNEL MODULATORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF PAIN
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. provisional application No. 61/787,618 filed March 15, 2013, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
1 FIELD
[0002] Provided herein are sodium channel modulating compounds, in particular NaVl .7 modulating compounds. In particular, provided herein are processes for the preparation of, intermediates used in the preparation of, pharmaceutical compositions comprising, and therapeutic methods comprising administering compounds. In particular, provided herein are compounds for the treatment of pain.
2 BACKGROUND
[0003] Voltage-gated ion channels play a critical role in the electrical activity of neuronal and muscle cells. Large families of voltage-gated ion channels (e.g., sodium channels) have been identified. These ion channels have been the target of significant pharmacologic study, due to their potential role in a variety of pathological conditions. Biophysical and pharmacological studies have identified the sodium channel isoforms NaV1.3, NaV1.7, NaV1.8, and NaV1.9 as particularly important in the pathophysiology of pain, in particular neuropathic pain. Recently, gain-of-function mutations in SCN9A, the gene which encodes NaV1.7, have been linked to two human-inherited pain syndromes, inherited erythromelalgia and paroxysmal extreme pain disorder, while loss-of-function mutations in SCN9A have been linked to complete insensitivity to pain. Dib-Hajj et al, Pain Medicine 10(7): 1260- 1269 (2009) (abstract). Pain conditions affect approximately 100 million U.S. adults at a cost of $560-635 billion annually in direct medical treatment costs and lost productivity. Relieving Pain in America, National Academies Press, Washington, DC (2011), page 2. Unfortunately, current treatment options typically provide only partial pain relief, and are limited by inconvenient dosing and by side effects, such as
somnolence, ataxia, edema, gastrointestinal discomfort and respiratory depression. Therefore, novel compounds are desirable to address the shortcomings of presently available treatment options. SUMMARY
[0004] Provided herein are compounds of Formula (I),
Figure imgf000003_0001
Formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof, wherein: Z is -O- or -S-;
Y is -X-C(=0)NR4R5, -(CH2)3-NR9Rio, or 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-(2-yl or
3-yi);
X is (C6-Cio)aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl;
Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
R2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH3 or -CN;
R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF3, -OCF3, -CN, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, or (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy;
R4 and R5 are each independently H, (Ci-Cc))alkyl, (C4-Ci2)cycloalkyl, or R4 and R5 together form a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; with the proviso that:
R4 and R5 are not both H; and
at least one of R4 and R5 independently or said heterocycloalkyl ring formed by R4 and R5 together is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of-C02H, -C02R6, -CN, -OH, -CONR7R8, and -NR7R8; wherein:
Rs is (Ci-Ci2)alkyl;
R7 and Rg are each independently H, (Ci_Ci2)alkyl, or R7 and Rg together form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring;
R9 is (Ci-C6)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, pyrazolyl or pyridinyl; wherein R9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting
of -COOH, -COOR11, -CONRiiRi2, -S02Rn, -S02NRnRi2, -OH, -CN, -ORn, and -NRiiRi2; wherein Rn and Ri2 may form a 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring Rio is Rii, -CORn, -COORn, -S02Rn, 5-methyl-2-oxo-l ,3-dioxol-4-yl,
Figure imgf000004_0001
, -COO-CH(CH3)OCOCH(CH3)2; or R9 and Rio together form a piperazinone or a 4-to 8- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COORn, -CH2- COORn, -OH, -NH2, -CN, and (Ci-C8)alkoxy;
Rii and Ri2 are independently H or (Ci-C6)alkyl, optionally substituted with 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; and
m and n are each independently 1 , 2, 3, or 4.
[0005] In a certain embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y
Figure imgf000004_0002
[0006] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[0007] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
[0008] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
[0009] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
[0010] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
1 , 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2. [0011] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
-0-.
[0012] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -CI.
[0013] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
[0014] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rg is
(Ci-C6)alkyl; wherein R9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -CONH2, and -NH2. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rg is methyl or ethyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 is further substituted with -COOH.
[0015] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri0 is -H, -COMe, -COOEt. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rio is -H or -COMe. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rio is -H.
[0016] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, - COOEt, -CH2-COOH, and -NH2. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of - COOH, -CH2-COOH, and -NH2.
[0017] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -COOEt, -CH2-COOH, -CH2-COOMe, -CH2-COOEt, and -NH2. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of-COOH, -CH2-COOH, and -NH2.
[0018] In a certain embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is -X-C(=0)NR4R5.
[0019] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[0020] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
[0021] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
[0022] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
[0023] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2.
[0024] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
-0-.
[0025] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -CI. [0026] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
[0027] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is
5- or 6-membered heteroaryl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is pyridyl.
[0028] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R4 is
H and R5 is (Ci-C9)alkyl.
[0029] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -CO2H, -CO2R6, and -CONRyRs.
[0030] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R^ is
(Ci-C6)alkyl.
[0031] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with -C02H.
[0032] In a certain embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is
4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-(2-yl or 3-yl). In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-yl.
[0033] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[0034] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
[0035] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
[0036] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
[0037] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2.
[0038] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
-0-.
[0039] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -CI.
[0040] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
[0041] In a certain embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein the compound is
3- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)acetic acid,
5-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)pentanoic acid,
4- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)butanoic acid,
2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid, (R)-2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
2- (6-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)acetic acid,
(S)-2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
3- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-cyanophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
3-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2,5-difluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
2- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
3- ((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
2- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
1- (3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid,
3- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
4- amino- 1 -(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid,
2- amino-4-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)butanoic acid,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
1- (3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-3-carboxylic acid,
2- ((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5- fluorophenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-cyano-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
methyl 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetate,
3-((3-(2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-5- fluorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanamide,
2-(N-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)acetamido)acetic acid,
2- (l-(3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid,
3- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)-N-methylacetamide,
5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(3-((2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)amino)propyl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N- (thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide,
1- (3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid, or
5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N- (thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
[0042] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein the compound is
2- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)acetic acid,
3- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
2- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid, or
3- ((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
[0043] Provided herein are methods for treating neuropathic pain comprising
administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or tautomeric form thereof.
[0044] Provided herein are methods for treating pain comprising use of a compound of
Formula (I), as a voltage-gated sodium channel inhibitor. In a particular embodiment the methods are those, wherein the pain is neuropathic, nociceptive or inflammatory pain. In a particular embodiment the methods are those, wherein the voltage-gated sodium channel is NaV1.7.
[0045] Provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of
Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In a particular embodiment the pharmaceutical compositions are those, wherein the composition is suitable for topical, oral, subcutaneous, or intravenous administration.
[0046] Provided herein are methods for prevention or treatment of pain in a subject, wherein the method comprises administering to the subject in need of such prevention or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I). In a particular embodiment the methods are those, wherein the therapeutically effective amount is effective to alleviate pain in a subject, wherein the compound of Formula (I) shows a reduction in pain response in the Formalin Assay (in phase 1 or phase 2, or both) (see Section 5.1.2) at a dose between 0.1 mg/kg and 1,000 mg/kg, at a dose between 0.5 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg, at a dose between 1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, or at a dose of 5 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (I) provided herein shows a reduction in pain response in the Formalin Assay (in phase 1 or phase 2, or both) by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%), or 100%), or by ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10-20%), 10-30%), 10- 40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) relative to a vehicle control. In a particular embodiment the methods are those, wherein the pain is nociceptive pain, such as that resulting from physical trauma (e.g., a cut or contusion of the skin; or a chemical or thermal burn), osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis or tendonitis; myofascial pain; neuropathic pain, such as that associated with stroke, diabetic neuropathy, luetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, fibromyalgia, or painful neuropathy induced iatrogenically by drugs; or mixed pain (i.e., pain with both nociceptive and neuropathic components); visceral pain; headache pain (e.g., migraine headache pain); CRPS; CRPS type I; CRPS type II; RSD; reflex neurovascular dystrophy; reflex dystrophy; sympathetically maintained pain syndrome; causalgia; Sudeck atrophy of bone;
algoneurodystrophy; shoulder hand syndrome; post-traumatic dystrophy; autonomic dysfunction; autoimmune-related pain; inflammation-related pain; cancer-related pain; phantom limb pain; chronic fatigue syndrome; post-operative pain; spinal cord injury pain; central post-stroke pain; radiculopathy; sensitivity to temperature, light touch or color change to the skin (allodynia); pain from hyperthermic or hypothermic conditions; and other painful conditions (e.g. , diabetic neuropathy, luetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia); chronic pain; or acute pain.
[0047] Provided herein are methods modulating the activity of a voltage-gated sodium channel, wherein the method comprises contacting a cell that expresses the voltage-gated sodium channel with a compound of Formula (I). In a particular embodiments the methods are those, wherein the voltage-gated sodium channel is NaVl .7. In a particular embodiments the methods are those, wherein the method results in inhibition of the voltage-gated sodium channel.
4 DETAILED DESCRIPTION
4.1 Definitions
[0048] A "Compound" or "Compounds" as used herein comprise a compound of
Formula (I), a compound of Formula (la), a compound of Formula (lb), a compound of Formula (Ic), a compound of Formula (Id), a compound listed in Table 1, or a compound listed in Table 2.
[0049] A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)" refers to a salt prepared from a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acid or base including an inorganic acid and base and an organic acid and base. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of the Compounds inhibitors include, but are not limited to metallic salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc or organic salts made from lysine, Ν,Ν'-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procaine. Suitable non-toxic acids include, but are not limited to, inorganic and organic acids such as acetic, alginic, anthranilic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethenesulfonic, formic, fumaric, furoic, galacturonic, gluconic, glucuronic, glutamic, glycolic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phosphoric, propionic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, sulfuric, tartaric acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid. Specific non-toxic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, phosphoric, sulfuric, and
methanesulfonic acids. Others are well known in the art, see for example, Remington 's
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th eds., Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1990) or Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th eds., Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1995).
[0050] A "stereoisomer" or "stereoisomer^ form" refers to one stereoisomer of a
Compound that is substantially free of other stereoisomers of that Compound. For example, a stereomerically pure compound having one chiral center will be substantially free of the opposite enantiomer of the compound. A stereomerically pure compound having two chiral centers will be substantially free of other diastereomers of the compound. A typical stereomerically pure compound comprises greater than about 80% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 20% by weight of other stereoisomers of the compound, greater than about 90%) by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 10%> by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, greater than about 95% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 5% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, or greater than about 97% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 3% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound. The Compounds can have chiral centers and can occur as racemates, individual enantiomers or diastereomers, and mixtures thereof. All such isomeric forms are included within the embodiments disclosed herein, including mixtures thereof. The use of stereomerically pure forms of such Compounds, as well as the use of mixtures of those forms, are encompassed by the embodiments disclosed herein. For example, mixtures comprising equal or unequal amounts of the enantiomers of a particular Compound may be used in methods and compositions disclosed herein. These isomers may be asymmetrically synthesized or resolved using standard techniques such as chiral columns or chiral resolving agents. See, e.g., Jacques, J., et al., Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen, S. H., et al, Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977); Eliel, E. L., Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw Hill, NY, 1962); and Wilen, S. H., Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p. 268 (E.L. Eliel, Ed., Univ. of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, IN, 1972).
[0051] "Tautomers" refers to isomeric forms of a compound that are in equilibrium with each other. The concentrations of the isomeric forms will depend on the environment the compound is found in and may be different depending upon, for example, whether the compound is a solid or is in an organic or aqueous solution. For example, in aqueous solution, pyrazoles may exhibit the following isomeric forms, which are referred to as tautomers of each other:
Figure imgf000014_0001
[0052] As readily understood by one skilled in the art, a wide variety of functional groups and other structures may exhibit tautomerism and all tautomers of the Compounds provided herein are within the scope of the present disclosure.
[0053] An "aryl" group is an aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 14 carbon atoms having a single ring {e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed rings {e.g., naphthyl or anthryl). In some embodiments, aryl groups contain 6-14 carbons, and in others from 6 to 12 or even 6 to 10 carbon atoms in the ring portions of the groups. Particular aryls include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl and the like.
[0054] A "heteroaryl" group is an aryl ring system having one to four heteroatoms as ring atoms in a heteroaromatic ring system, wherein the remainder of the atoms are carbon atoms. In some embodiments, heteroaryl groups contain 5 to 6 ring atoms, and in others from 6 to 9 or even 6 to 10 atoms in the ring portions of the groups. Suitable heteroatoms include oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl ring system is monocyclic or bicyclic. Examples include, but are not limited to, groups such as pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl {e.g. , 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl), pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, thiophenyl, benzothiophenyl, furanyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, azaindolyl (for example, pyrrolopyridyl or 1H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridyl), indazolyl, benzimidazolyl (for example, lH-benzo[d]imidazolyl), imidazopyridyl, pyrazolopyridyl, triazolopyridyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isoxazolopyridyl, thianaphthalenyl, purinyl, xanthinyl, adeninyl, guaninyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, and quinazolinyl groups.
[0055] A "partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle" is a partially unsaturated or aromatic ring system having one to four heteroatoms as ring atoms in a heteroaromatic ring system, wherein the remainder of the atoms are carbon atoms. If the "partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle" is an aromatic heterocycle, then the aromatic heterocycle is a "heteroaryl" as defined above. In one embodiment the partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle. Examples of partially unsaturated heterocycles include, but are not limited to, groups such as 2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrolyl, 2,5-dihydrofuranyl, 2,5-dihydrothiophenyl, 4,5-dihydrooxazolyl, 4,5-dihydrothiazolyl, 4,5- dihydro-lH-imidazolyl, 4,5-dihydro-lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, and 1,4,5,6- tetrahydropyrimidinyl groups.
[0056] A "heterocycloalkyl" group is a non-aromatic cycloalkyl in which one to four of the ring carbon atoms are independently replaced with a heteroatom from the group consisting of O, S and N. Examples of a heterocycloalkyl group include, but are not limited to, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, (l,4)-dioxanyl, and (l,3)-dioxolanyl. Heterocycloalkyls can also be bonded at any ring atom (i.e., at any carbon atom or heteroatom of the heterocyclic ring). In one embodiment, the heterocycloalkyl is a 5- or 6-membered heterocycloalkyl.
[0057] An "alkyl" group is a saturated straight chain or branched non-cyclic hydrocarbon having, for example, from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 9 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Representative alkyl groups include -methyl, -ethyl, -n- propyl, -n-butyl, -n-pentyl and -n-hexyl; while branched alkyls include -isopropyl, -sec- butyl, -z'so-butyl, -tert-butyl, -z'so-pentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 2,3- dimethylbutyl and the like. [0058] A "cycloalkyl" group is a saturated cyclic alkyl group of from 3 to 12 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring or multiple condensed or bridged rings. In some embodiments, the cycloalkyl group has 4 to 12 ring members, whereas in other embodiments the number of ring carbon atoms ranges, for example, from 3 to 5, 3 to 6, or 3 to 7. Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple or bridged ring structures such as adamantyl and the like.
[0059] A "subject in need thereof refers to a mammal (e.g., human, dog, horse, or cat) in need of treatment with any method provided herein.
4.2 Compounds
[0060] Provided herein are compounds of Formula (I),
Figure imgf000016_0001
Formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof, wherein: Z is -O- or -S-;
Y is -X-C(=0)NR4R5, -(CH2)3-NR9Rio, or 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-(2-yl or
3-yi);
X is (C6-Cio)aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl;
Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
R2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH3 or -CN;
R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF3, -OCF3, -CN, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, or (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy;
R4 and R5 are each independently H, (Ci-Cc))alkyl, (C4-Ci2)cycloalkyl, or R4 and R5 together form a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; with the proviso that:
R4 and R5 are not both H; and at least one of R4 and R5 independently or said heterocycloalkyl ring formed by R4 and R5 together is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of-C02H, -C02R6, -CN, -OH, -CONR7R8, and -NR7R8; wherein:
Rs is (Ci-Ci2)alkyl;
R7 and Rg are each independently H, (Ci_Ci2)alkyl, or R7 and Rg together form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring;
Rg is (Ci-C6)alkyl, (C3-Cg)cycloalkyl, pyrazolyl or pyridinyl; wherein R9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting
of -COOH, -COORn, -CONR11R12, -SO2R11, -SO2NR11R12, -OH, -CN, -ORn, and -NR11R12; wherein Rn and R12 may form a 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring
Rio is Rn, -COR11, -COORn, -S02Rn, 5-methyl-2-oxo-l,3-dioxol-4-yl,
Figure imgf000017_0001
, -COO-CH(CH3)OCOCH(CH3)2; or R9 and Ri0 together form a piperazinone or a 4-to 8- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COORn, -CH2- COOR11, -OH, -NH2, -CN, and (Ci-Cg)alkoxy;
Rn and Ri2 are independently H or (Ci-C6)alkyl, optionally substituted with 4- to 8- membered heterocycloalkyl ring; and
m and n are each independently 1, 2, 3, or 4.
[0061] In a certain embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is -(CH2)3-NR9R10.
[0062] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[0063] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. [0064] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
[0065] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
[0066] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2.
[0067] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
-0-.
[0068] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -CI.
[0069] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
[0070] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 is
(Ci-C6)alkyl; wherein R9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -CONH2, and -NH2. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 is methyl or ethyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 is further substituted with -COOH.
[0071] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rio is -H, -COMe, -COOEt. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Rio is -H or -COMe. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri0 is -H. [0072] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Kg and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, - COOEt, -CH2-COOH, and -NH2. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of - COOH, -CH2-COOH, and -NH2.
[0073] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -COOEt, -CH2-COOH, -CH2-COOMe, -CH2-COOEt, and -NH2. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -CH2-COOH, and -NH2.
[0074] In a certain embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is -
Figure imgf000019_0001
[0075] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[0076] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
[0077] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5 -membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
[0078] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI. [0079] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2.
[0080] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
-0-.
[0081] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -CI.
[0082] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
[0083] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is
5- or 6-membered heteroaryl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein X is pyridyl.
[0084] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R4 is
H and R5 is (Ci-C9)alkyl.
[0085] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -CO2H, -CO2R6, and -CONR7R8.
[0086] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R^ is
(Ci-C6)alkyl.
[0087] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with -C02H.
[0088] In a certain embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is
4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-(2-yl or 3-yl). In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Y is 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-yl.
[0089] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[0090] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
[0091] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
[0092] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
[0093] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein n is 2.
[0094] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein Z is
-0-.
[0095] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -CI.
[0096] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein m is 1. [0097] In a certain embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of the compounds in Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
[0098] Table 1
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
emca Names automatca y generate wt emDraw Utra, Verson . .
[0099] In a certain embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of the compounds in Table 2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof. [00100] Table 2
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
* Chemical Names automatically generated with ChemDraw Ultra, Version 12.0.
[00101] For the proposes of this disclosure, Table 1 and Table 2 serve to define that a particular structure is associated with a particular name. Whenever a particular name is recited in this disclosure or the claims, the chemical structure associated with that particular name shall be the structure identified in Table 1 or Table 2.
[00102] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein the compound is
2- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)acetic acid,
3- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
2- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid, or
3- ((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
[00103] Further provided herein are compounds of Formula (la),
Figure imgf000031_0001
Formula (la)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof, wherein: Z is -O- or -S-;
Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
R2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH3 or -CN;
R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF3, -OCF3, -CN, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, or (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy;
R9 is (Ci-C6)alkyl, (C3-C8)cycloalkyl, pyrazolyl or pyridinyl; wherein R9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting
of -COOH, -COORn, -CONR11R12, -SO2R11, -SO2NR11R12, -OH, -CN, -ORn, and -NR11R12; wherein Rn and R12 may form a 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring
Rio is Rn, -COR11, -COORn, -S02Rn, 5-methyl-2-oxo-l,3-dioxol-4-yl,
Figure imgf000031_0002
, -COO-CH(CH3)OCOCH(CH3)2; or R9 and R10 together form a piperazinone or a 4-to 8- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COORn, -CH2- COOR11, -OH, -NH2, -CN, and (Ci-C8)alkoxy; Rii and R12 are independently H or (Ci-C6)alkyl, optionally substituted with 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; and
m and n are each independently 1, 2, 3, or 4.
[00104] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[00105] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
[00106] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
[00107] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
[00108] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein n is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein n is 2.
[00109] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Z is
-0-.
[00110] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R3 is -CI.
[00111] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein m is 1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein m is 1. [00112] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Rg is (Ci-C6)alkyl; wherein R9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -CONH2, and -NH2. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Rg is methyl or ethyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Rg is further substituted with -COOH.
[00113] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R10 is -H, -COMe, -COOEt. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein Rio is -H or -COMe. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R10 is -H.
[00114] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, - COOEt, -CH2-COOH, and -NH2. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of - COOH, -CH2-COOH, and -NH2.
[00115] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -COOEt, -CH2-COOH, -CH2-COOMe, -CH2-COOEt, and -NH2. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are those wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -CH2-COOH, and -NH2.
[00116] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are selected from the group consisting of
2- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
3- ((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
1- (3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid,
3- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
4- amino- 1 -(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid,
2- amino-4-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)butanoic acid,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
1- (3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-3-carboxylic acid,
2- ((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5- fluorophenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
2- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
3- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-cyano-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid, methyl 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetate,
3-((3-(2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-5- fluorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanamide,
2-(N-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)acetamido)acetic acid,
2-(l-(3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophi chlorophenyl)propyl)piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid, 3- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)-N-methylacetamide,
5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(3-((2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)amino)propyl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N- (thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide, and
1- (3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
[00117] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (la) are selected from the group comprising
2- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)(ethoxycarbonyl)amino)acetic acid,
ethyl 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetate,
ethyl 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)(methyl)amino)acetate,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)((5- methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,3-dioxol-4-yl)methyl)amino)acetic acid,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4- N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)((l- (isobutyryloxy)ethoxy)carbonyl)amino)acetic acid,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)(((5- methyl-2-oxo- 1 ,3-dioxol-4-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)amino)acetic acid,
5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(3-(3-oxopiperazin-l-yl)propyl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2- yl)benzenesulfonamide,
5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(3-((3-morpholino-3-oxopropyl)amino)propyl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N- (thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide, and
4- (2-(3-((lH-pyrazol-4-yl)amino)propyl)-4-chlorophenoxy)-5-chloro-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2- yl)benzenesulfonamide;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof. [00118] Provided herein are compounds of Formula (lb)
Figure imgf000036_0001
Formula (lb)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof, wherein: Z is -O- or -S-;
X is (C6-Cio)aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl;
Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
R2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH3 or -CN;
R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF3, -OCF3, -CN, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, or (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy;
R4 and R5 are each independently H, (Ci-C9)alkyl, (C4-Ci2)cycloalkyl, or R4 and R5 together form a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; with the proviso that:
R4 and R5 are not both H; and
at least one of R4 and R5 independently or said heterocycloalkyl ring formed by R4 and R5 together is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of-C02H, -C02R6, -CN, -OH, -CONR7R8, and -NR7R8; wherein:
Rs is (Ci-Ci2)alkyl;
R7 and Rg are each independently H, (Ci_Ci2)alkyl, or R7 and Rg together form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; and m and n are each independently 1 , 2, 3, or 4.
[00119] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S. [00120] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
[00121] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
[00122] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
[00123] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein n is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein n is 2.
[00124] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein Z is
-0-.
[00125] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R3 is -CI.
[00126] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein m is 1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein m is 1.
[00127] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein X is 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein X is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein X is pyridyl.
[00128] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R4 is H and R5 is (Ci-C9)alkyl. [00129] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -CO2H, -CO2R6, and -CONRyRs.
[00130] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R^ is (Ci-C6)alkyl.
[00131] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (lb) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with -C02H.
[00132] Provided herein are compounds of Formula (Ic),
Figure imgf000038_0001
Formula (Ic)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof, wherein: Z is -O- or -S-;
Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
R2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH3 or -CN;
R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF3, -OCF3, -CN, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, or (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy;
R4 and R5 are each independently H, (Ci-Cc))alkyl, (C4-Ci2)cycloalkyl, or R4 and R5 together form a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; with the proviso that:
R4 and R5 are not both H; and
at least one of R4 and R5 independently or said heterocycloalkyl ring formed by R4 and R5 together is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of-C02H, -C02R6, -CN, -OH, -CONR7R8, and -NR7R8; wherein: Re is (Ci-Ci2)alkyl;
R7 and R8 are each independently H, (Ci_Ci2)alkyl, or R7 and R8 together form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; and m and n are each independently 1 , 2, 3, or 4.
[00133] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[00134] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
[00135] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Ri is l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
[00136] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
[00137] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein n is
1 , 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein n is 2.
[00138] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein Z is
-0-.
[00139] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are those wherein R3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R3 is -CI. [00140] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein m is 1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein m is 1.
[00141] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein X is 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein X is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein X is pyridyl.
[00142] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R4 is H and R5 is (Ci-Cc))alkyl.
[00143] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -CO2H, -CO2R6, and -CONRyRs.
[00144] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R^ is (Ci-C6)alkyl.
[00145] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are those wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with -C02H.
[00146] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Ic) are selected from the group consisting of
3- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)acetic acid,
5-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)pentanoic acid,
4- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)butanoic acid,
2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid, (R)-2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
(S)-2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
3-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-cyanophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid, and
3-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2,5-difluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
[00147] Provided herein are compounds of Formula (Id),
Figure imgf000041_0001
Formula (Id)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof, wherein: Y is 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine-(2-yl or 3-yl);
Z is -O- or -S-;
Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
R2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH3 or -CN;
R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF3, -OCF3, -CN, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, or
(Ci-Ci2)alkoxy; and
m and n are each independently 1 , 2, 3, or 4. [00148] In a certain embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Y is
4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-(2-yl or 3-yl). In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Y is 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine- 3-yl.
[00149] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
[00150] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
[00151] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is thiazolyl. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
[00152] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
[00153] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein n is
1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein n is 2.
[00154] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein Z is
-0-.
[00155] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein R3 is -H or -CI. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein R3 is -CI. [00156] In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein m is 1, 2, or 3. In a particular embodiment, the compounds of Formula (Id) are those wherein m is 1.
[00157] In a particular embodiment, the compound of Formula (Id) is 5-chloro-4-(4- chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4- yl)benzenesulfonamide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
[00158] It should also be noted the Compounds provided herein can contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms. For example, the Compounds may be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (3H), iodine- 125 (125I), sulfur-35 (35S), or carbon-14 (14C), or may be isotopically enriched, such as with deuterium (2H), carbon- 13 (13C), or nitrogen- 15 (15N). As used herein, an "isotopologue" is an isotopically enriched Compound. The term "isotopically enriched" refers to an atom having an isotopic composition other than the natural isotopic composition of that atom. "Isotopically enriched" may also refer to a Compound containing at least one atom having an isotopic composition other than the natural isotopic composition of that atom. The term "isotopic composition" refers to the amount of each isotope present for a given atom. Radiolabeled and isotopically enriched Compounds are useful as therapeutic agents, e.g., cancer and inflammation therapeutic agents; research reagents, e.g., binding assay reagents; and diagnostic agents, e.g., in vivo imaging agents. All isotopic variations of the Compounds as described herein, whether radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the embodiments provided herein. In some embodiments, there are provided isotopologues of the Compounds, for example, the isotopologues are deuterium, carbon- 13, or nitrogen- 15 enriched Compounds.
[00159] In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein modulates the activity of a sodium ion channel, such as a voltage-gated sodium ion channel. In more specific embodiments, such a voltage-gated sodium ion channel is NaVl .7 (whose alpha subunit is encoded by the human gene SCN9A).
[00160] In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein reduces the sodium ion flux through NaVl .7 by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100%, or by ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10-20%), 10-30%), 10-40%), 20-30%, or 20-40%) relative to the activated channel in the absence of the compound.
[00161] In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein increases the sodium ion flux through NaV 1.7 by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, 250%), 500%), 750%), or 1000%), or by ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10- 20%, 10-30%, 10-40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) relative to the activated channel in the absence of the compound.
[00162] In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein, desensitizes the response of NaV 1.7 to the change in membrane potential such that the channel requires at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%, or ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10-20%, 10-30%, 10-40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) higher change in membrane potential to be activated relative to the channel in the absence of the compound.
[00163] In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein, sensitizes the response of
NaV1.7 to the change in membrane potential such that the channel requires at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%, or ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10-20%, 10-30%, 10-40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) lower change in membrane potential to be activated relative to the channel in the absence of the compound.
[00164] In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein, affects a voltage-gated sodium ion channel, e.g., NaV1.7, in one or more of the following states: deactivated (closed), activated (open), or inactivated (closed).
[00165] In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein, affects activation, inactivation, or deinactivation of a voltage-gated sodium ion channel, e.g., NaV 1.7.
[00166] In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein, modulates NaVl .7 specifically, i.e., the compound modulates NaV1.7 to at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, 250%, 500%, 750%, or 1000% higher degree than another voltage-gated sodium ion channel (such as NaVl . l, NaV1.2, NaV1.3, NaV1.4, NaV1.5, NaV1.6, NaV1.8, and/or NaV 1.9), or to a higher degree between any of the recited percentages (e.g. , 10-20%>, 10- 30%, 10-40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) than another voltage-gated sodium channel. [00167] Any assay known to the skilled artisan can be used to test the effect of a compound provided herein on a voltage-gated sodium ion channel. In certain embodiments, a cell culture assay is used, wherein the voltage-gated sodium ion channel is recombinantly expressed in the cultured cells. In certain more specific embodiments, the alpha subunit of the voltage-gated sodium ion channel is expressed but no accessory proteins are recombinantly expressed in the same cell. In a specific embodiment, SCN9A and SCN9B1 and SCN9B2 are co-expressed in the same cell. In other embodiments, the alpha subunit of the voltage-gated sodium ion channel is expressed and at least one accessory protein (e.g., a beta-subunit) is co- expressed in the same cell.
[00168] In certain embodiments, an FDSS membrane potential assay can be used to test the activity of the voltage-gated sodium ion channel (see the Section entitled "FDSS Membrane Potential in vitro Assay" below). In other embodiments, the membrane potential is measured directly using. In certain embodiments, the current through a voltage-gated sodium ion channel is tested using the patch clamp method.
4.3 Methods for Making Compounds
[00169] A compound of Formula (la) can be synthesized according to synthetic Scheme 1.
An R3 substituted 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde or 2-mercaptobenzaldehyde is reacted under Horner- Wadsworth-Emmons ("HWE") conditions with formylmethylene-triphenylphosphorane to give an α,β-unsaturated aldehyde, Intermediate A. Intermediate A is reacted with HNR9R10 under reductive amination conditions using, for example, sodium borohydride, to give Intermediate B. Intermediate B is then reduced to give Intermediate C using, for example, hydrogen in the presence of metal catalyst, such as palladium on carbon. Intermediate C is reacted with a fluoro- substituted phenylsulfonamide, wherein the sulfonamide nitrogen is optionally protected by a group ("PG"), such as tert-butoxycarbonyl ("BOC") or 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, in presence of a base, such as potassium carbonate, to give Intermediate D. Deprotection of the sulfonamide group of Intermediate D by using, for example, hydrochloric acid, gives a compound of Formula (la). Scheme 1
Figure imgf000046_0001
[00170] A compound of Formula (lb) can be prepared according to synthetic Scheme 2. A
Suzuki coupling between an R3 substituted 2-hydroxy-boronic acid or 2-mercapto-boronic acid and derivative of X, wherein X is, for example, a (C6-Cio)aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, such as a 4-halo-picolinonitrile or a 4-halo-picolinic ester (e.g., a methyl picolinate), wherein the halo substituent is, for example, a chloro or bromo substituent, provides Intermediate E.
Intermediate E is reacted with a base, such as potassium hydroxide, to give Intermediate F. Intermediate F is reacted with NHR4R5 to form the amide Intermediate G using, for example, 1- ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide ("EDC") and 1 -hydroxy- lH-benzotriazole ("HOBt"). Intermediate G is reacted with a fluoro-substituted phenylsulfonamide, wherein the sulfonamide nitrogen is optionally protected by a group, such as BOC or 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, in presence of a base, such as potassium carbonate, to give Intermediate H. Deprotection of the sulfonamide group of Intermediate H by using, for example, hydrochloric acid, gives a compound of Formula (lb). Scheme 2
Figure imgf000047_0001
[00171] A compound of Formula (Ic) can be prepared according to synthetic Scheme 3. A
Suzuki coupling between an R3 substituted 2-hydroxy-boronic acid or 2-mercapto-boronic acid and pyridine derivative, such as a 4-halo-picolinonitrile or a 4-halo-picolinic ester (e.g., a methyl picolinate), wherein the halo substituent is, for example, a chloro or bromo substituent, provides Intermediate I. Intermediate I is reacted with a base, such as potassium hydroxide, to give Intermediate J. Intermediate J is reacted with NHR4R5 to form the amide Intermediate K using, for example, EDC and HOBt. Intermediate K is reacted with a fluoro-substituted
phenylsulfonamide, wherein the sulfonamide nitrogen is optionally protected by a group, such as BOC or 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, in presence of a base, such as potassium carbonate, to give Intermediate L. Deprotection of the sulfonamide group of Intermediate L by using, for example, hydrochloric acid, gives a compound of Formula (Ic).
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000048_0001
[00172] A compound of Formula (Id) can be prepared according to synthetic Scheme 4.
Phenylacetonitrile derivative M with a protected hydroxy or thiol group, such as a methyl protected hydroxy group, i.e., a -OMe group, is formylated by using, for example, Na/ethyl formate or NaOEt/ethyl formate to give Intermediate N. Intermediate N is reacted with hydrazine to provide Intermediate O. Intermediate O is reacted with dihaloalkanes, such as 1,3- dibromopropane, under basic conditions, for example, in presence of NaH or CS2CO3, to give Intermediate P. Intermediate P, after deprotection of the phenol or thiol, for example, by reacting a methyl protected hydroxy group with BBr3, can undergo same synthetic sequence as described Scheme 1, Scheme 2,or Scheme 3 to give compound S, which is a compound of Formula (Id). Furthermore, Intermediate W, which is deprotected and subjected to the procedures described and referred to in this paragraph to give compounds of Formula (Id), can be obtained as follows: Intermediate T is reacted under Suzuki conditions in presence of a base and a palladium catalyst with Intermediate U or U', wherein R of Intermediate U or U' is a nitro group or a suitably protected amino group, to give Intermediate V. Intermediate V is subjected to conditions, which reduce the nitro group to an amino group or deprotect the nitrogen to release an amino group, such as zinc in acetic acid or hydrogen and Raney-Nickel, to give Intermediate W. Scheme 4
Figure imgf000049_0001
M O Q
Figure imgf000049_0002
4.4 Methods of Use
[00173] Provided herein are methods for the treatment or prevention of pain in a subject in need thereof, wherein the methods comprise administering to the patient in need of such treatment or prevention a Compound provided herein (i.e., a compound of Formula (I), a compound of Formula (la), a compound of Formula (lb), a compound of Formula (Ic), a compound of Formula (Id), a compound listed in Table 1, or a compound listed in Table 2).
[00174] Provided herein are methods for managing pain comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a Compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or tautomeric form thereof.
[00175] Provided herein are methods for treating neuropathic pain comprising
administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a Compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or tautomeric form thereof.
[00176] Provided herein are methods for treating pain comprising use of a Compound, as a voltage-gated sodium channel inhibitor. In a particular embodiment the methods are those, wherein the pain is neuropathic, nociceptive or inflammatory pain. In a particular embodiment the methods are those, wherein the voltage-gated sodium channel is NaV1.7.
[00177] Provided herein are methods for treating or preventing a NaVl .7-dysfunction- associated disorder comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a Compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or tautomeric form thereof.
[00178] Provided herein are methods for prevention or treatment of pain in a subject, wherein the method comprises administering to the subject in need of such prevention or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a Compound. In a particular embodiment the methods are those, wherein the therapeutically effective amount of a Compound is effective to alleviate pain in a subject, wherein the Compound shows a reduction in pain response in the Formalin Assay (in phase 1 or phase 2, or both) (see Section 5.1.2) at a dose between 0.1 mg/kg and 1,000 mg/kg, at a dose between 0.5 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg, at a dose between 1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, or at a dose of 5 mg/kg. In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein shows a reduction in pain response in the Formalin Assay (in phase 1 or phase 2, or both) by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100%, or by ranges between any of the recited percentages (e.g., 10-20%, 10-30%, 10-40%, 20-30%, or 20-40%) relative to a vehicle control. In a particular embodiment the methods are those, wherein the pain is nociceptive pain, such as that resulting from physical trauma (e.g., a cut or contusion of the skin; or a chemical or thermal burn), osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis or tendonitis; myofascial pain; neuropathic pain, such as that associated with stroke, diabetic neuropathy, luetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, fibromyalgia, or painful neuropathy induced iatrogenically by drugs; or mixed pain (i.e., pain with both nociceptive and neuropathic components); visceral pain; headache pain (e.g., migraine headache pain); CRPS; CRPS type I; CRPS type II; RSD; reflex neurovascular dystrophy; reflex dystrophy; sympathetically maintained pain syndrome; causalgia; Sudeck atrophy of bone; algoneurodystrophy; shoulder hand syndrome; post-traumatic dystrophy; autonomic dysfunction; autoimmune-related pain; inflammation-related pain; cancer-related pain; phantom limb pain; chronic fatigue syndrome; post-operative pain; spinal cord injury pain; central post-stroke pain; radiculopathy; sensitivity to temperature, light touch or color change to the skin (allodynia); pain from hyperthermic or hypothermic conditions; and other painful conditions (e.g., diabetic neuropathy, luetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia); chronic pain; or acute pain.
[00179] Provided herein are methods modulating the activity of a voltage-gated sodium channel, wherein the method comprises contacting a cell that expresses the voltage-gated sodium channel with a Compound. In a particular embodiments the methods are those, wherein the voltage-gated sodium channel is NaVl .7. In a particular embodiments the methods are those, wherein the method results in inhibition of the voltage-gated sodium channel.
[00180] In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein, is administered to a patient population with a gain of function mutation in a gene encoding the alpha subunit of a voltage gated sodium ion channel, such as NaV1.7.
[00181] In certain embodiments, a Compound provided herein is administered to a patient population diagnosed with erythromelalgia, primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder (PEPD), or NaV1.7-associated fibromyalgia.
4.5 Pharmaceutical Compositions and Routes of Administration
[00182] Provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a Compound provided herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In a particular embodiment the pharmaceutical compositions are those, wherein the composition is suitable for topical, oral, subcutaneous, or intravenous administration.
[00183] Provided herein are compositions comprising an effective amount of a Compound and compositions comprising an effective amount of a Compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition described herein are suitable for oral, parenteral, mucosal, transdermal or topical administration.
[00184] The Compounds can be administered to a patient orally or parenterally in the conventional form of preparations, such as capsules, microcapsules, tablets, granules, powder, troches, pills, suppositories, injections, suspensions and syrups. Suitable formulations can be prepared by methods commonly employed using conventional, organic or inorganic additives, such as an excipient (e.g., sucrose, starch, mannitol, sorbitol, lactose, glucose, cellulose, talc, calcium phosphate or calcium carbonate), a binder (e.g., cellulose, methylcellulose,
hydroxymethylcellulose, polypropylpyrrolidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gelatin, gum arabic, polyethyleneglycol, sucrose or starch), a disintegrator (e.g., starch, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylstarch, low substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, sodium bicarbonate, calcium phosphate or calcium citrate), a lubricant (e.g., magnesium stearate, light anhydrous silicic acid, talc or sodium lauryl sulfate), a flavoring agent (e.g., citric acid, menthol, glycine or orange powder), a preservative (e.g., sodium benzoate, sodium bisulfite, methylparaben or
propylparaben), a stabilizer (e.g., citric acid, sodium citrate or acetic acid), a suspending agent (e.g., methylcellulose, polyvinyl pyrroliclone or aluminum stearate), a dispersing agent
(e.g., hydroxypropylmethylcellulose), a diluent (e.g., water), and base wax (e.g., cocoa butter, white petrolatum or polyethylene glycol). The effective amount of the Compound in the pharmaceutical composition may be at a level that will exercise the desired effect; for example, about 0.1 mg/kg to about 1000 mg/kg or about 0.5mg/kg to about lOOmg/kg of a patient's body weight in unit dosage for both oral and parenteral administration.
[00185] The dose of a Compound to be administered to a patient is rather widely variable and can be the judgment of a health-care practitioner. In general, the Compounds can be administered one to four times a day in a dose of about 0.1 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 1000 mg/kg of a patient's body weight in a patient, but the above dosage may be properly varied depending on the age, body weight and medical condition of the patient and the type of administration. In one embodiment, the dose is about 0.05 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 500 mg/kg of a patient's body weight, 0.05 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 100 mg/kg of a patient's body weight, about 0.5 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 100 mg/kg of a patient's body weight, about 0.1 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 50 mg/kg of a patient's body weight or about 0.1 mg/kg of a patient's body weight to about 25 mg/kg of a patient's body weight. In one embodiment, one dose is given per day. In another embodiment, two doses are given per day. In any given case, the amount of the Compound administered will depend on such factors as the solubility of the active component, the formulation used and the route of administration.
[00186] In another embodiment, provided herein are methods for the treatment of pain comprising the administration of about 7.5 mg/day to about 75 g/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 37.5 g/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 7.5 g/day, about 37.5 mg/day to about 7.5 g/day, about 7.5 mg/day to about 3.75 g/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 1.875 g/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 1,000 mg/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 800 mg/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 500 mg/day, about 3.75 mg/day to about 300 mg/day, or about 3.75 mg/day to about 150 mg/day of a Compound to a patient in need thereof. In a particular embodiment, the methods disclosed herein comprise the administration of 1 mg/day, 5 mg/day, 10 mg/day, 15 mg/day, 20 mg/day, 30 mg/day, 40 mg/day, 45 mg/day, 50 mg/day, 60 mg/day, 75 mg/day, 100 mg/day, 125 mg/day, 150 mg/day, 200 mg/day, 250 mg/day, 300 mg/day, 400 mg/day, 600 mg/day, 800 mg/day, 1,000 mg/day, 1,500 mg/day, 2,000 mg/day, 2,500 mg/day, 5,000 mg/day, or 7,500 mg/day of a Compound to a patient in need thereof.
[00187] In another embodiment, provided herein are unit dosage formulations that comprise between about 7.5 mg to about 75 g, about 3.75 mg to about 37.5 g, about 3.75 mg to about 7.5 g, about 37.5 mg to about 7.5 g, about 7.5 mg to about 3.75 g, about 3.75 mg to about 1.875 g, about 3.75 mg to about 1,000 mg, about 3.75 mg to about 800 mg, about 3.75 mg to about 500 mg, about 3.75 mg to about 300 mg, or about 3.75 mg to about 150 mg of a
Compound. [00188] In a particular embodiment, provided herein are unit dosage formulation comprising about 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 20 mg, 30 mg, 40 mg, 45 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 75 mg, 100 mg, 125 mg, 150 mg, 200 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg, 400 mg, 600 mg, 800 mg 1 ,000 mg, 1 ,500 mg, 2,000 mg, 2,500 mg, 5,000 mg, or 7,500 mg of a Compound.
[00189] In another embodiment, provided herein are unit dosage formulations that comprise a Compound dosage that achieves a target plasma concentration of the Compound in a patient or an animal model. In a particular embodiment, provided herein are unit dosage formulations that achieves a plasma concentration of the Compound ranging from approximately 0.001 μg/mL to approximately 100 mg/mL, approximately 0.01 μg/mL to approximately 100 mg/mL, approximately 0.01 μg/mL to approximately 10 mg/mL, approximately 0.1 μg/mL to approximately 10 mg/mL, approximately 0.1 μg/mL to approximately 500 μg/mL, approximately 0.1 μg/mL to approximately 500 μg/mL, approximately 0.1 μg/mL to approximately 100 μg/mL, or approximately 0.5 μg/mL to approximately 10 μg/mL in a patient or an animal model. To achieve such plasma concentrations, a Compound or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may be administered at doses that vary from 0.001 μg to 100,000 mg, depending upon the route of administration. In certain embodiments, subsequent doses of a Compound may be adjusted accordingly based on the plasma concentrations of the Compound achieved with initial doses of the Compound or pharmaceutical composition thereof administered to the subject.
[00190] A Compound can be administered once, twice, three, four or more times daily.
[00191] A Compound can be administered orally for reasons of convenience. In one embodiment, when administered orally, a Compound is administered with a meal and water. In another embodiment, the Compound is dispersed in water or juice (e.g., apple juice or orange juice) and administered orally as a suspension. In another embodiment, when administered orally, a Compound is administered in a fasted state.
[00192] The Compound can also be administered intradermally, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, percutaneously, intravenously, subcutaneously, intranasally, epidurally, sublingually, intracerebrally, intravaginally, transdermally, rectally, mucosally, by inhalation, or topically to the ears, nose, eyes, or skin. The mode of administration is left to the discretion of the health-care practitioner, and can depend in-part upon the site of the medical condition. [00193] In one embodiment, provided herein are capsules containing a Compound without an additional carrier, excipient or vehicle.
[00194] In another embodiment, provided herein are compositions comprising an effective amount of a Compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle, wherein a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle can comprise an excipient, diluent, or a mixture thereof. In one embodiment, the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
[00195] The compositions can be in the form of tablets, chewable tablets, capsules, solutions, parenteral solutions, troches, suppositories and suspensions and the like.
Compositions can be formulated to contain a daily dose, or a convenient fraction of a daily dose, in a dosage unit, which may be a single tablet or capsule or convenient volume of a liquid. In one embodiment, the solutions are prepared from water-soluble salts. In general, all of the compositions are prepared according to known methods in pharmaceutical chemistry. Capsules can be prepared by mixing a Compound with a suitable carrier or diluent and filling the proper amount of the mixture in capsules. The usual carriers and diluents include, but are not limited to, inert powdered substances such as starch of many different kinds, powdered cellulose, especially crystalline and microcrystalline cellulose, sugars such as fructose, mannitol and sucrose, grain flours and similar edible powders.
[00196] Tablets can be prepared by direct compression, by wet granulation, or by dry granulation. Their formulations usually incorporate diluents, binders, lubricants and
disintegrators as well as the compound. Typical diluents include, for example, various types of starch, lactose, mannitol, kaolin, calcium phosphate or sulfate, inorganic salts such as sodium chloride and powdered sugar. Powdered cellulose derivatives are also useful. In one
embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is lactose-free. Typical tablet binders are substances such as starch, gelatin and sugars such as lactose, fructose, glucose and the like.
Natural and synthetic gums are also convenient, including acacia, alginates, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine and the like. Polyethylene glycol, ethylcellulose and waxes can also serve as binders.
[00197] A lubricant might be necessary in a tablet formulation to prevent the tablet and punches from sticking in the die. The lubricant can be chosen from such slippery solids as talc, magnesium and calcium stearate, stearic acid and hydrogenated vegetable oils. Tablet disintegrators are substances that swell when wetted to break up the tablet and release the compound. They include starches, clays, celluloses, algins and gums. More particularly, corn and potato starches, methylcellulose, agar, bentonite, wood cellulose, powdered natural sponge, cation-exchange resins, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp and carboxymethyl cellulose, for example, can be used as well as sodium lauryl sulfate. Tablets can be coated with sugar as a flavor and sealant, or with film-forming protecting agents to modify the dissolution properties of the tablet. The compositions can also be formulated as chewable tablets, for example, by using substances such as mannitol in the formulation.
[00198] When it is desired to administer a Compound as a suppository, typical bases can be used. Cocoa butter is a traditional suppository base, which can be modified by addition of waxes to raise its melting point slightly. Water-miscible suppository bases comprising, particularly, polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights are in wide use.
[00199] The effect of the Compound can be delayed or prolonged by proper formulation.
For example, a slowly soluble pellet of the Compound can be prepared and incorporated in a tablet or capsule, or as a slow-release implantable device. The technique also includes making pellets of several different dissolution rates and filling capsules with a mixture of the pellets. Tablets, capsules, or pellets can be coated with a film that resists dissolution for a predictable period of time (the coating may comprise, for example, polymethylacrylates or ethyl cellulose). Even the parenteral preparations can be made long-acting, by dissolving or suspending the Compound in oily or emulsified vehicles that allow it to disperse slowly in the serum.
5 EXAMPLES
5.1 Biological Examples
5.1.1 In Vitro Assays
[00200] Recombinant NaV Cell Lines
[00201] In vitro assays were performed in recombinant cell line that stably express a heterotrimeric protein of interest from an introduced nucleic acid encoding the alpha subunit (hNavl .7, SCN9A), the beta subunit (SCNBl) and the beta subunit (SCNB2). The cell line was constructed in Human Embryonic Kidney 293 cells. Additional cell lines stably expressing recombinant Navl .7 or Navl .5 alpha subunit alone or in combination with various beta subunits can also be used in in-vitro assays.
[00202] To make cells and cell lines provided herein, one can use, for example, the technology described in U.S. Patent 6,692,965 and WO/2005/079462. Both of these documents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. This technology provides real-time assessment of millions of cells such that any desired number of clones (from hundreds to thousands of clones) expressing the desired gene(s) can be selected. Using cell sorting techniques, such as flow cytometric cell sorting {e.g., with a FACS machine) or magnetic cell sorting {e.g., with a MACS machine), one cell per well is automatically deposited with high statistical confidence in a culture vessel (such as a 96 well culture plate). The speed and automation of the technology allows multigene recombinant cell lines to be readily isolated.
[00203] FDSS Membrane Potential In-Vitro Assay
[00204] Membrane potential dye(s): Blue membrane potential dye (Molecular Devices
Inc.), or membrane potential-sensitive dye, HLB021-152 (AnaSpec) combined with a
fluorescence quencher e.g. Dipicrylamine (DP A), Acid Violet 17 (AV 17), Diazine Black (DB), HLB30818, FD and C Black Shade, Trypan Blue, Bromophenol Blue, HLB30701, HLB30702, HLB30703, Nitrazine Yellow, Nitro Red, DABCYL (Molecular Probes), FD and C Red NO. 40, QSY (Molecular Probes), metal ion quenchers {e.g., Co2+, Ni2+, Cu2+), and iodide ion.
[00205] Assay agonists: Veratridine and scorpion venom proteins modulate the activity of voltage-gated sodium channels through a combination of mechanisms, including an alteration of the inactivation kinetics.
[00206] The resulting activation of sodium channels in stable NaVl .7-expressing cells changes cell membrane potential and the fluorescent signal increases as a result of
depolarization.
[00207] Veratridine and scorpion venom from Leiurus quinquestriatus quinquestriatus can be purchased from Sigma- Aldrich (St. Louis, MO). Stock solutions were prepared as lOmM (veratridine) in DMSO and as lmg/ml (scorpion venom) in de-ionised water. The sodium channels agonists were diluted in assay buffer to a 4x concentration with final concentration being 2-25 μΜ for veratridine and 2-20 μg/ml for scorpion venom.
[00208] Test compounds were prepared as 2 - lOmM stock in DMSO. The stock solutions were further diluted in DMSO in serial dilution steps and then transferred to assay buffer as 4x of the final assay concentrations. Test compounds were added during the first addition (pre- stimulation) step in the kinetic read. All test compound concentrations were evaluated in triplicate.
[00209] Cells stably expressing NaVl .7 α, βΐ and β2 subunits were maintained under standard cell culture conditions in Dulbecco's Modified Eagles medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, glutamine and HEPES. On the day before assay, the cells were harvested from stock plates using cell dissociation reagent, e.g., trypsin, CDB (GIBCO) or cell-stripper (Mediatech), and plated at 10,000 - 25,000 cells per well in 384 well plates in growth media. The assay plates were maintained in a 37°C cell culture incubator under 5% C02 for 22-48 hours. The media was then removed from the assay plates and membrane potential fluorescent dye diluted in load buffer (137 mM NaCl, 5 mM KC1, 1.25 mM CaCl2, 25 mM HEPES, 10 mM glucose) was added. The cells were incubated with the membrane potential dye for 45-60 mins at 37°C. The dye-loaded assay plates were then placed in the high-throughput fluorescent plate reader (Hamamatsu FDSS). The kinetic read was started with assay plate imaging every second. After 10 s, the assay buffer alone, or test compound diluted in the assay buffer, were added to the cells (1st addition step) and the kinetic read continued every 2 s for 2 mins total after which cells were stimulated with veratridine and scorpion venom (2nd addition step) diluted in assay buffer to evaluate the effects of the test compounds.
[00210] Control response elicited by veratridine and scorpion venom with buffer only
(without test compounds added) was taken as the maximal response. Assay results are expressed in relative fluorescence units (RFU) and can be determined by using the maximum signal during the 2nd addition/stimulation step or by computing the difference of maximum and minimum signal during the 2nd addition/stimulation step. The signal inhibition was estimated for each test compound concentration in triplicate. The data were analyzed using GraphPad Prism 5.01 software to determine the IC50 value for the test compound.
[00211] Examples 1, 2, 3, 12, 13, 16, 26, 32 showed IC50 values less than 0.13 μΜ; examples 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 18, 20, and 28 showed IC50 value between 0.13 and 1.0 μΜ; examples 14, 17, 19, 21, 22, and 23 showed IC50 values greater than 1.0 μΜ and 20.0 μΜ.
[00212] Patchliner Electrophysiological In-Vitro Assay
[00213] The recording of sodium current from stable HEK293 cell lines expressing
NaVl .7 or NaVl .5 was done on a Patchliner® instrument, Nanion Technologies. The
Patchliner® is a fully automated bench-top patch clamp platform and can record simultaneously from up to eight single cells with GQ seals.
[00214] For patch-clamp experiments, cells were grown under standard culturing conditions in Dulbecco's Modified Eagles medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, glutamine and HEPES. Cells were harvested and kept in suspension for up to 4 hours with no significant change in quality or ability to patch. Whole cell patch clamp recordings were conducted according to Nanion' s standard procedure for the Patchliner®. Experiments were conducted at room temperature.
[00215] Voltage protocols were designed to establish: 1) peak current amplitude (Imax),
2) test potential (Vmax) and 3) half-inactivation potential (Vl/2) for each of the eight individual cells. To determine Vl/2, a standard steady-state inactivation protocol was executed using a series of fifteen 500 ms depolarizing pre-pulses in 10 mV increments (starting at -130mV) and immediately followed by a 10 ms test pulse to Vmax. To estimate test compound affinity to the inactivated state of sodium channel (Ki), the holding potential for each cell was set automatically to the Vl/2 calculated from a steady- state inactivation data. The current was activated with the following voltage protocol: holding at Vl/2 for 2-5 seconds, return to the -120mV for 5- 10ms to relieve fast inactivation, stepping to test potential (Vmax) for 10-20 ms. This voltage protocol was repeated every 10 seconds to establish the baseline with 2-3 buffer additions followed by the test compound addition. The dose-dependent inhibition was analyzed using Nanion's Data Analysis Package. [00216] Examples 1, 2, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 20, 24, 26, 28, 29 and 32 showed IC50 values less than 0.1 μΜ; examples 14, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 25 and 33 showed IC50 value between 0.1 and 1.0 μΜ.
[00217] In-vitro Cytochrome P450 (CYP450) assay for measuring drug metabolism
[00218] We evaluated interaction of drug candidates with cytochrome P450 enzymes which are a major determinant of drug clearance via oxidative metabolism using a high throughput compatible, fluorescence based CYP450 screening assay (Vivid® CYP450,
Invitrogen) according to manufacturer's directions. In brief, test compounds at four different concentrations (μΜ- 6.0, 2.0, 0.7, 0.2), a positive control (Ketoconazole) and a solvent control were incubated at room temperature in unique wells of a 96-well microtiter plate with CYP3 A4 enzyme complex for 20 minutes. A pre-read fluorescence (Ex- 485 nm / Em- 530 nm) was measured at the start of the incubation using a Tecan Safire2 microplate reader-monochromator to determine background fluorescence. At the end of the incubation period, enzyme substrate and co-enzyme were added and the reaction was kinetically monitored for 1 hour by measuring fluorescence every minute. Effect of test compounds on inhibition of CYP3A4 metabolism of provided substrate was determined by calculating the ratio of the effective reaction rate in presence of test compound to that in the absence of inhibitor.
[00219] Examples 9, 11, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 21, and 22 showed 0-25% CYP3A4 inhibition at 6 μΜ test concentration; examples 5, 6, 8, 10 and 16 showed 25-50% CYP3A4 inhibition at 6 μΜ test concentration ; examples 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 20 and 32 showed 50-100%) CYP3A4 inhibition at 6 μΜ test concentration.
5.1.2 In Vivo Assays
[00220] Method for Formalin Test
[00221] The Formalin Test (pain behaviors) produces two phases of response, phase 1 (0 to 10 minutes post-formalin injection) is related to direct damage on nociceptors at the sensory nerve endings and mimics post-surgical pain and wound pain, while phase 2 (11 to 40 minutes post- formalin injection) is related to neuro- inflammation pain which mimics inflammatory arthritis (joint pain). [00222] Each animal is acclimatized for 2-3 days prior to tests. Following acclimatization, a test compound, a positive control, such as mexiletine or lidocaine, which are well-known to inhibit pain, or a vehicle control, such as saline, is administered by intraperitoneal injection or oral gavage 15-20 minutes prior to administration of formalin. The time of administration of test compound is recorded. Formalin solution (1.25%) in PBS is injected subcutaneously (s.c) in a volume of 50 into the dorsum of a hindpaw of each rat at time (T)=0 minutes. Each animal is then placed in a clear observation chamber. Observation is started at T= 1 minute to 60 minutes post-injection. The number of flinches (licking, biting, or shaking) per minute is recorded for each animal by an automated nociception analyzer. This is accomplished by measuring the movement of a small metal band (0.5 grams) that is placed on the ankle near the injected paw 15- 30 minutes before administration of the test compound. Formalin is injected into the paw with the band and the animal is then placed without restraint inside the observation chamber over an electromagnetic detector system. The paw flinches are detected by the system and counted automatically using a computer. At the end of the test, a file is written that contains identifying information for each animal and the number of flinches per minute over time. The Foot fault test is conducted 75 minutes post-dosing. Other observations of changes in movement such as immobility and seizure are recorded during the whole study period. At the end of study, the animals are euthanized.
[00223] Examples 1, 2, 6, 8 and 12 showed reduction in pain response of 24-78%
(formalin assay, phase 1) and 29-73% (formalin assay phase 2) relative to vehicle control at doses of 3 to 30 mg/kg via the intraperitoneal route.
[00224] Example 1 showed reduction in pain response of 14% (formalin assay, phase 1) and 17% (formalin assay phase 2) relative to vehicle control at a dose of 75 mg/kg via the oral route.
[00225] Example 12 showed reduction in pain response of 13-24% (formalin assay, phase
1) and 29-43% (formalin assay phase 2) relative to vehicle control at a dose of 150μί of 1 or 2% w/v solution via the topical route. [00226] Method Of Partial Sciatic Nerve Ligation (PSNL)
[00227] The Partial Sciatic Nerve Ligation Model is associated with neuropathic pain such as spinal disc bulge and diabetic nerve damage.
[00228] 250-35 Og male Sprague-Dawley rats from appropriate animal resources are anesthetized with 2.5% isoflurane. A hind leg is shaved, and the skin is sterilized with 0.5% iodine and 75% alcohol. All surgical instruments are sterilized before surgery and between animals. An incision (1 cm) is made at the middle of the thigh in parallel with the muscle and sciatic nerve distribution. The muscle is exposed and dissected at the joint of two muscles (biceps femoris) indicated by the light colored (white) fascia line. The sciatic nerve is just beneath the muscle and is hooked out using an 18-20G feeding needle (90 degree curved); the sciatic nerve is flat on the feeding needle and approximately one-half the diameter of the nerve is tightly ligated with 7-0 silk suture. A response of the injured leg twitch indicates the success of ligation. After checking hemostasis, bupivicaine 0.1-0.2 ml (0.125%) is given at the incision area, the muscle and the adjacent fascia are closed with 5-0 absorbable sutures. The skin is sutured with absorbable suture and tissue glue. Sham surgery animals (about 8-10 animals) undergo the same surgical procedure but with no ligation. Animals are returned to their home cage after recovery from anesthesia.
[00229] The following behavioral tests were conducted started on day 3 and thereafter once weekly following surgery.
[00230] Thermal Hyperalgesia:
[00231] The plantar test quantitatively assesses the thermal threshold of the hindpaw.
Rats are placed on the glass surface of a thermal testing apparatus (Model 336, IITC/Life Science Instruments, Woodland Hills, CA) and are allowed to acclimate for 10 min before testing on the glass surface at room temperature. The animals are placed in chambers with the temperature of the glass surface maintained constant at 30-32°C. A mobile radiant heat source located under the glass is focused onto the hindpaw of each rat. The device is set at 55% (heating rate ~ 3°C per sec) heating intensity with a cut-off at 10 sec. The paw withdrawal latency was recorded by a digital timer. The thermal threshold is determined as the mean withdrawal latency from two to three consecutive trials of both hindpaws The cutoff of 10 s was used to prevent potential tissue damage.
[00232] Mechanical Hyperalgesia
[00233] The paw pressure test assesses nociceptive mechanical thresholds, expressed in grams, and is measured with a Ugo Basil Analgesimeter (Varese, Italy). The test is performed by applying a noxious (painful) pressure to the hindpaw. By pressing a pedal that activates a motor, the force is increased (32 g/s) on a linear scale. When the animal displays pain by withdrawal of the paw or vocalization, the pedal is immediately released and the nociceptive pain threshold read on a scale (a cutoff of 150 g is used to avoid tissue injury) (Courteix et al. 1994). Both hindpaws are used for assessment of mechanical hyperalgesia. At least two trials, separated by 10 min, are performed in each rat, and the mean value is used. A testing session for a particular rat begins after 5 min of habituation or as soon as the rat stops exploring and appears acclimatized to the testing environment.
[00234] Tactile Allodynia
[00235] The Von Frey test quantifies mechanical sensitivity of the hindpaw, The test utilizes a non-noxious stimulus, and is therefore considered to measure tactile allodynia. Animals are placed under clear plastic boxes above a wire mesh floor, which allowed full access to the paws. Behavioral acclimation is allowed for at least 5 min. Mechanical paw withdrawal thresholds (PWTs) are measured with the up-down testing paradigm. Von Frey filaments in log increments of force (2.0, 4.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0, 15.0, 26, 60 g or size 4.31, 4.56, 4.74, 4.93, 5.07, 5.18, 5.46, 5.88) are applied for a duration of 2-3 s to the mid-plantar paw in neuropathic pain (i.e. PSNL) animals. Application is to the central region of the plantar surface avoiding the foot pads. The 4.0-g stimulus is applied first. Whenever a withdrawal response to a given probe occurs, the next smaller von Frey probe is applied. Whenever a negative response occurs, the next higher von Frey probe is applied. The test continued until (1) the responses of four more stimuli (total 3-5 trials) after the first change in response has been obtained or (2) the upper/lower end of the von Frey hair is reached (bending). If the animal shows no response to any of the von Frey hairs, a value of 26 g, corresponding to the next log increment in potential von Frey filament, is assigned as the threshold. The testing is continued until the hair with the lowest force to induce a rapid flicking of paw is determined or when the cut off force of approximately 26 g is reached. This cut off force is used because it represent approximately 10% of the animals' body weight and serves to prevent rising of the entire limb due to the use of stiffer hairs, which would change the nature of the stimulus. The value of each hair is confirmed weekly by measuring the magnitude in grams exerted by the hair when applied to an electronic balance. The hair is applied only when the rat is stationary and standing on all four paws. A withdrawal response is considered valid only if the hind paw is completely removed from the platform. Although infrequent, if a rat walks immediately after application of a hair instead of simply lifting the paw, the hair is reapplied. On rare occasions, the hind paw only flinches after a single application; as the hind paw is not lifted from the platform, this is not considered a withdrawal response. A trial consists of application of a von Frey hair to the hind paw five times at 5 s intervals or as soon as the hind paw is placed appropriately on the platform. If withdrawal does not occur during five applications of a particular hair, the next larger hair in the series is applied in a similar manner. When the hind paw is withdrawn from a particular hair either four or five times out of the five applications, the value of that hair in grams is considered to be the withdrawal threshold. Once the threshold is determined for the left hind paw, the same testing procedure is repeated on the right hind paw after 5 min.
[00236] Weight Bearing
[00237] Rats are tested for hypersensitivity and spontaneous pain in the weight-bearing test, using an Incapacitance tester (Linton Instruments, Norfolk, UK). The rat is placed into the plastic box of the device. The integrated paw pressure during this period (1-2 seconds) is displayed separately for the right and left leg. The ratio between the pressure of the right and left leg is calculated as left/right hind leg weight distribution ratio. The weight bearing assay is repeated 3 times in 5 minutes. The mean distribution ratio of 3 assays is calculated.
[00238] Examples 1 and 2 showed recovery of pain response of 49-62%> (paw pressure test), 59-73%) (plantar test) and 50-66%) (weight bearing) relative to vehicle control at a dose of 30 mg/kg via the intraperitoneal route. [00239] Writhing Model
[00240] The Acetic Acid Writhing Model is associated with visceral pain (abdominal pain, such as stomach pain, and pain caused by, for example, bile duct congestion and kidney stones).
[00241] A writhing test assesses acute peritoneo visceral pain. After acclimation of 2-3 days, a test compound, positive control or vehicle control is administered by intraperitoneal injection (i.p.) or by oral gavage 15-30 minutes prior to administration of acetic acid. The time of administration of test compound is recorded. For mice: 0.6% Acetic acid solution in saline is injected i.p in a volume of 10 ml/kg. For rats: 4% acetic acid in saline is injected i.p in a volume of 2 ml/kg at T= 0 minutes. Each animal is placed in a clear plastic cage. At T = 5 minutes, the number of writhing movements is counted over a 45 minute period. Alternatively, the writhing movements are counted over a 5- minute period and repeated every 5 minutes, starting at T=5 minutes over a 45- minute period.
[00242] Example 2 showed reduction in pain response of 48-58% relative to vehicle control at doses of 10 to 30 mg/kg via the intraperitoneal route.
5.2 Examples of NaV Modulators
5.2.1 General Methods
5.2.1.1 LCMS Method
[00243] Method-A
[00244] LC-MS was carried out on Acquity H-Class UPLC, PDA and SQ Detector. The column used was BEH CI 8 50 X 2.1 mm, 1.7 micron and column flow was 0.55 ml /min.
Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Formic acid + 5mM Ammonium Acetate in water and (B) 0.1 % Formic acid in Acetonitrile. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max and Mass spectra were recorded using ESI technique. The following gradient is used to monitor reaction progress and analyze final products.
Figure imgf000066_0001
[00245] Method-B
[00246] LC-MS was carried out on Waters LC alliance 2995, PDA 2996 and SQ Detector.
The column used was X-B RIDGE C18 150 X 4.6 mm X5 micron and column flow was 1.0 ml /min. Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Ammonia in water and (B) 0.1 % Ammonia in Acetonitrile. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max and Mass spectra were recorded using ESI technique. The following gradient is used to monitor reaction progress and analyze final products.
Figure imgf000066_0002
[00247] Method-C
[00248] LC-MS was carried out on Waters LC alliance 2995, PDA 2996 and SQ Detector.
The column used was X-BRIDGE CI 8 150 X 4.6 mm X5 micron and column flow was 1.0 ml/min. Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Ammonia in water and (B) 0.1 % Ammonia in Acetonitrile. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max and Mass spectra were recorded using ESI technique. The following gradient is used to monitor reaction progress and analyze final products.
Figure imgf000067_0001
[00249] Method-D
[00250] LC-MS was carried out on Waters LC alliance 2995, PDA 2996 and SQ Detector.
The column used was X-BRIDGE CI 8 150 X 4.6 mm X5 micron and column flow was 1.0 ml/min. Mobile phase were used (A) 20mM Ammonium Acetate in water and (B) 100% Methanol. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max and Mass spectra were recorded using ESI technique. The following gradient is used to monitor reaction progress and analyze final products.
Figure imgf000067_0002
5.2.1.2 HPLC Method
[00251] Method-A
[00252] HPLC was carried out on Waters e2695, PDA Detector. The column used was
Phenomenex Gemini, CI 8 150 X 4.6 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 1.00 ml /min. Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Formic acid in water and (B) 0.1 % Formic acid in Acetonitrile. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max. The following gradient is used.
Figure imgf000068_0001
[00253] Method-B
[00254] HPLC was carried out on Waters e2695, PDA Detector. The column used was
Phenomenex Gemini, CI 8 150 X 4.6 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 1.00 ml/min. Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Formic acid in water and (B) 0.1 % Formic acid in Acetonitrile. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max. The following gradient is used.
Figure imgf000068_0002
[00255] Method-C
[00256] HPLC was carried out on Waters e2695, PDA Detector. The column used was X-
BRIDGE, CI 8 150 X 4.6 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 1.00 ml/min. Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Ammonia in water and (B) 0.1 % Ammonia in Acetonitrile. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max. The following gradient is used.
Figure imgf000068_0003
[00257] Method-D
[00258] HPLC was carried out on Waters e2695, PDA Detector. The column used was X-
BRIDGE, CI 8 150 X 4.6 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 1.00 ml/min. Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Ammonia in water and (B) 0.1 % Ammonia in Acetonitrile. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max. The following gradient is used.
Figure imgf000069_0001
5.2.1.3 PREP HPLC Method
[00259] Method-A
[00260] PREP HPLC was carried out on Shimadzu UFLC, LC-20 AP, and UV Detector.
The column used was Sunfire OBD, C18 250 X 19 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 18.00 ml /mm. Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % HCL in water and (B) 100% Acetonitrile. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max. The following gradient was used.
Figure imgf000069_0002
[00261] Method-B
[00262] PREP HPLC was carried out on Shimadzu UFLC, LC-20 AP, and UV Detector.
The column used was Sunfire OBD, C18 250 X 19 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 18.00 ml /mm. Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Formic acid in water and (B) 0.1% Formic acid in Acetonitrile. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max . The following gradient was used.
Figure imgf000070_0001
[00263] Method-C
[00264] PREP HPLC was carried out on Shimadzu UFLC, LC-20 AP, and UV Detector.
The column used was X-BRIDGE, C18 250 X 19 mm, 5 micron and column flow was 18.00 ml /min. Mobile phase were used (A) 0.1 % Ammonia in water and (B) 0.1% Ammonia in Acetonitrile. The UV spectra were recorded at its lambda Max. The following gradient was used.
Figure imgf000070_0002
5.2.1.4 List of Abbreviations
[00265] Ac = Acetyl
[00266] EtOAc = ethyl acetate
[00267] Bn = Benzyl
[00268] Boc = tert-Butoxycarbonyl
[00269] Bzl = Benzyl
[00270] DBU = l,8-Diazabyciclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
[00271] DCC = 1,3-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
[00272] DCM = Dichloromethane [00273] DEAD = Diethyl azodicarboxylate
[00274] DIC = Diisopropylcarbodiimide
[00275] DIPEA = Diisopropylethylamine
[00276] D. M. water = demineralized water
[00277] DME = 1 ,2-Dimethoxyethane
[00278] DMF = N,N-Dimethylformamide
[00279] DMSO = Dimethylsulphoxide
[00280] EDC = l-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropy)carbodiimide hydrochloride
[00281] Et20 = Diethyl ether
[00282] HOBt = 1 -Hydro xybenzotriazole
[00283] IPA = Isopropyl alcohol
[00284] KHMDS = Potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
[00285] LAH = Lithium aluminium hydride
[00286] LDA = Lithium diisopropylamide
[00287] LHMDS = Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
[00288] MOM = Methoxymethyl
[00289] NaHMDS = Sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
[00290] NBS = N-Bromosuccinimide
[00291] Ph = Phenyl
[00292] PMB = p-Methoxybenzyl
[00293] Py = Pyridine
[00294] TEA = Triethylamine
[00295] TFA = Trifluoroacetic acid
[00296] THF = Tetrahydrofurane
[00297] Tol = p-Toluyl 5.2.2 Examples
Example 1: Synthesis of 3-(4-(2-(4-(N-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-ylsulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5- fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoicacid
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000072_0001
[00298] Step 1 : Preparation of (5-chloro-2-hvdroxyphenyl)boronic acid.
[00299] A solution of 5-chloro-2-methoxyphenylboronic acid (10. Og, 53.6 mmol) in dichloromethan (100ml) was cooled to temperature between 5-10 C. To the above mixture, 100ml 1M solution of borontribromide in DCM was added drop wise using a pressure equalizing dropping funnel, over a period of 30 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was then stirred room temperature for 30 minutes. After completion of reaction, the mixture was poured drop wise on to an ice cold saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (600ml). The resulting mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 1 hr. The DCM layer was separated out and the aqueous layer thus collected was cooled to temperature between 10-15 C. IN solution of dilute hydrochloric acid was then added to the above cooled aqueous layer and this resulted in precipitate formation. The solid was filtered off under vacuo and dried to afford 9 g (yield: 97%) of product. LC-MS: m/z = 170.9 (M+H).
[00300] Step 2: Preparation of 4-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)picolinonitrile
[00301] To a solution of 4-Chloropicolinonitrile (l .Og, 7.2 mmol) in
IPA:toluene(7ml:7ml) were sequentially added (5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)boronic acid (1.49g, 8.65 mmol) and potassium carbonate (3.99g, 21.64 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was degassed for 15 minutes by purging with nitrogen. Thereafter calculated quantity of Tetrakis (0.416g, 0.36 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, nitrogen purging was further continued for next 20 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was then refluxed at
100 C for 20 hours. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was concentrated under vacuo. To the resulting crude mass water (50ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuo to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 20-30% ethyl acetate in hexane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.8g (yield, 48%) of desired product as a solid. LC-MS: m/z = 231.1 (M+H).
[00302] Step 3: Preparation of 4-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)picolinic acid)
[00303] To a solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)picolinonitrile (0.5g, 2.17 mmol) in
THF(20ml) was added a solution of potassium hydroxide (4.276g, 14 mmol) in water (10ml) solution at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was then refluxed at 100 C for 5 hours. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was concentrated under vacuo. Ice cold water was added in to the reaction mixture, the resulting mixture was then acidified between pH 3 - 6 with IN HC1. The resulting solid precipitate was filtered and dried to afford 0.5g (yield, 93%) of product as a solid. LC-MS: m/z = 249.8 (M+H).
[00304] Step 4: Preparation of methyl 3-(4-(5-chloro-2-hydroxypheny0- picolinamido)propanoate)
[00305] To a solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)picolinic acid (0.6g, 2.40 mmol) in
THF (20ml) was sequentially added EDC (0.69g, 3.61 mmol) and HOBT (0.49g, 3.61 mmol) at
0 C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes. Beta-alanine methyl ester (0.40g,
2.88mol) was added at 0 C. The reaction mixture temperature was then allowed to rise to room temperature and stirred for 20 hours. After completion of reaction, water (50 ml) was added in to the reaction mixture. The resulting mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x
25ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuo to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 0-5% Methanol in dichloromethane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.72g (yield: 89%) of desired product. LC-MS: m/z = 335.6 (M+H).
[00306] Step 5: Synthesis of methyl-3-(4-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4- dimethoxybenzyl) -Ν-Π ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-5- fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamido)propanoate)
[00307] To a solution of methyl 3-(4-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)picolinamido)propanoate) (0.72g, 2.15 mmol) in DMF (10ml) was added K2CO3 (0.59g, 4.3mol) in one portion under nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was then allowed to stir at room temperature for 15 minutes. To the above reaction mixture was then added calculated quantity of 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4- difluoro-N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide (l .Og, 2.15mol). The resulting reaction mixture was further allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of reaction, water (10ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 20 to 25% ethyl acetate in hexane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave l .Og (yield: 60%) of desired product. LC-MS: m/z = 776.3 (M+H).
[00308] Step 6: Preparation of 3-(4-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzvn -
N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid)
[00309] To the solution of methyl-3-(4-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4- dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-5- fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamido)propanoate) (l .Og, 1.28 mmol) in THF (lOmL) was added a solution of Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.27g, 6.43 mmol) in water (5ml). The resulting reaction mixture was then allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of reaction, ice cold water was added in to the reaction mixture, the resulting mixture was acidified between pH 4-6 with IN HCl. The resulting acidic aqueous was extracted with Ethyl acetate (3 x 25ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 0 to 5% methanol in dichloromethane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave lg (yield: 99%) of desired product. LC-MS: m/z = 762.8 (M+H).
[00310] Step 7: Preparation of 3-(4-(2-(4-(N .2.4-t adiazol-5-ylsulfamoyl)-2-chlon)-5- fluorophenoxy) -5 -chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoicacid
[00311] To the solution of 3-(4-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-4-(N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl) -N-
(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-5-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid) (1.0 g, 1.3 mmol) in DCM (10ml) was added drop wise 4N solution of hydrochloric acid in ethyl acetate (0.5ml) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 2 hour. After completion of reaction, pentane (20ml) was added in to the reaction mixture which resulted in precipitation of solid. The solid thus obtained was washed twice with pentane (15ml) and dried under vacuo. The resulting crude material was further purified by Prep HPLC using 0.1% HC1 in water :acetonitrile mobile phase. Evaporation of the pure Prep fractions gave 0.29g (yield: 34%) of desired product as HC1 salt. LC-MS: m/z = 612.9 (M+H). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6), δ 9.03 (br, 1H), 8.71 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (br, 2H), 7.60 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (br, 2H).
[00312] The following nine compounds were synthesized according to the synthetic scheme described for example 1.
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000076_0001
Example 2: 2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)acetic acid
[00313] Compound 2 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of example 1 by replacing beta-alanine methyl ester with glycine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 598.5 (M+H). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6), δ 9.03 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 - 7.81 (m, 2H), 7.60 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (br, 2H).
Example 3: 5-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)pentanoic acid
[00314] Compound 3 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 1 by replacing beta-alanine methyl ester methyl 5-aminopentanoate in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 640.2 (M+H). Example 4: 4-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)butanoic acid
[00315] Compound 4 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 1 by replacing beta-alanine methyl ester with methyl 4-aminobutanoate in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 626.6 (M+H). 1H NMR (MeOH-d4), δ 8.65 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J= 2.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (s,lH), 6.78 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (br, 2H), 2.41 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H).
Example 5 : (R«c)-2-(4-(2-(4-(N- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-ylsulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)- 5-chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid
[00316] Compound 5 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 1 by replacing beta-alanine methyl ester with DL-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 613.8 (M+H). 1H NMR (MeOH-d4), δ 8.65 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J= 1.6, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J= 2.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.56 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 3H).
Example 6: (R)-2-(4-(2-(4-(N-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-ylsulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid
[00317] Compound 6 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 1 by replacing beta-alanine methyl ester with D-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 4. LC-MS: m z = 613.8 (M+H). 1H NMR (MeOH-d4), δ 8.67 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J= 2.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.56 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 3H). Example 7: 2-(6-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)acetic acid
[00318] Compound 7 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 1 by replacing 4-Chloropicolinonitrile with 6-chloropicolinonitrile in step 2. LC-MS: m/z = 597.7 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.00 - 8.07 (m, 4H), 7.9s (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59(dd, J= 2.4,8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.09(s, 2H).
Example 8 : (S)-2-(4-(2-(4-(N- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-ylsulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid
[00319] Compound 8 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 1 by replacing beta-alanine methyl ester with L-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 612.6 (M+H). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6), δ 8.85 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 - 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.60 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (q, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
Example 9 : 3-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-cyanophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid
[00320] Compound 9 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 1 by replacing 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(l,2,4- thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide with 3-cyano-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-fluoro-N-(l ,2,4- thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 5. LC-MS: m z = 584.8 (M+H). 1H-NMR
(MeOD), δ 8.63 (d, J= 4.8 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s,lH), 8.14 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.74 - 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.63 (dd, J= 2.4,8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, J= 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.68(t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H). Example 10: 3-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2,5-difluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid
[00321] Compound 10 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 1 by replacing 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(l,2,4- thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide with N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,5-trifluoro-N-(l ,2,4- thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 5. LC-MS: m/z = 595.8 (M+H). 1H-NMR
(MeOD), δ 8.66 (d, J= 4.8 1H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s,lH), 7.69 - 7.77 (m, 3H), 7.56 (dd, J= 2.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J= 6.4,10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.70(t, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.67 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H).
Example 11: Preparation of 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-thiazol-4- ylsulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propylamino) acetic acid
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000079_0001
[00322] Step 1 : Preparation of 3 -(5 -chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)acrylaldehyde
[00323] To a solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (20g, 127mmol) in THF
(300ml) was added (formylmethylene)triphenylphosphorane (43 g, 140mmol) at room
temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was refluxed at 100 °C for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and extracted with water (200ml) and ethyl acetate (3 x 250ml). The combined organic phase was washed with water (200ml), brine (200ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to give the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 20- 30% ethyl acetate in hexane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 20g (yield, 87%) of desired compound as yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z= 183.4(M+H).
[00324] Step 2: Preparation of methyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl) allylamino) acetate
[00325] To a solution of 3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)acrylaldehyde (5g, 27mmol) and glycine methyl ester hydrochloride (4.1g, 32mmol) in dichloromethane (80ml) was added magnesium sulphate (6g, 50mmol) and triethylamine (12ml, 82mmol) at room temperature. The above reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuo. The concentrated mass thus obtained was dissolved in methanol (50ml) and cooled to a temperature between 5-10 °C. To the above mixture, sodium borohydride (3.0g, 82mmol) was added in small portions over a period of 20 minutes; during addition temperature of the reaction mixture was maintained between 10 - 20 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours and concentrated under vacuum. Water (100ml) was added to the above crude mass and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (50ml), brine (50ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 1-5% methanol in dichloromethane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 4g (yield, 58%>) of desired compound as yellow solid. LC-MS:
m/z=256.43 (M+H).
[00326] Step 3: Preparation of methyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-hvdroxyphenyl) propylamino) acetate
[00327] To a solution of methyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl) allylamino) acetate
(3.5g, 13.6mmol) in methanol (80ml) was carefully added 10% Palladium on carbon with 50% moisture (0.145g, 1.3mmol). Hydrogen gas was then bubbled into the reaction mixture at room temperature for a period of 30 minutes. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite. The celite bed was carefully washed with some amount of methanol. The filtrate thus obtained was concentrated under vacuo to afford 3g (yield, 85%>) of compound as colorless liquid and used as is in the next step. LC-MS: m/z=258.5(M+H). [00328] Step 4: Preparation of methyl 2-(3-(2-(4- -(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4- yl) sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl) propylamino) acetate
[00329] To a solution methyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl) propylamino) acetate
(0.7g, 2.7mmol) in DMF (8ml) was added K2CO3 (1.2g, 8.1mmol) in one portion under nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To the above mixture was added tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4- difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (1.22g, 2.9mmol) at room temperature and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3hrs. After completion of reaction, water (10ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 20 to 25% Ethyl acetate in Hexane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.6g (yield, 36%)of desired compound as a solid. LC-MS: m/z = 648.4 (M+H).
[00330] Step 5: Preparation of 2-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl - N-(thiazol-4- yPsulfamoyl) -2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propylamino)acetic acid
[00331] To the solution of methyl 2-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl) sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl) propylamino) acetate (0.6g, 0.9mmol) in THF (lOmL) was added a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.0529, 4.6mmol) in water (6ml) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of reaction ice cold water (15ml) was added in to the reaction mixture, the resulting mixture was then acidified between 4-6 pH with aqueous IN hydrochloric acid. The resulting acidic aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to afford 0.5g (yield, 85%) of compound as white solid. This material was used in the next step as is. [00332] Step 6: Preparation of 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-thiazol-4- ylsulfamoyl) phenoxy) phenyl) propylamino) acetic acid
[00333] To the solution of 2-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propylamino)acetic acid (0.5 g, 0.78mmol) in dichloromethane (15ml) was added drop-wise a 4N solution of hydrochloric acid in ethyl acetate (0.5ml) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of reaction, pentane (20ml) was added in to the reaction mixture which resulted in precipitation of solid. The solvent layer was decanted off; the solid thus obtained was washed twice with pentane (15ml) and dried under vacuo. The resulting crude material was further purified by Prep HPLC using 0.1% hydrochloric acid in Water:
Acetonitrile mobile phase. Evaporation of the pure product fractions obtained from Prep HPLC provided HC1 salt of the desired product (0.16g, 38% yield). LC-MS: m/z = 533.9 (M+H). 1H- NMR (MeOD), δ 8.77 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J= 2.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.8 (s, 2H), 3.09-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.68 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.04-2.01 (m, 2H).
[00334] The compounds 12 to 32 were synthesized according to the synthetic scheme described for example 11.
Scheme 8
Figure imgf000083_0001
Scheme 9
Figure imgf000084_0001
32
Example 12: 3-((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid
[00335] Compound 12 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate with 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 549.6 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (dd, J= 2.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.26 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.08 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.68 - 2.75 (m, 4H), 2.01 - 2.06 (m, 2H). Example 13 : 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid
[00336] Compound 13 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yl)carbamate with 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2- yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 533.8 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 7.94 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J= 5.8, 1H), 7.35 - 7.38 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.91 - 6.94 (m, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H).
Example 14: l-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
[00337] Compound 14 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with methyl piperidine-4- carboxylate in step 2. LC-MS: m/z = 589.8 (M+H).
Example 15: 3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid
[00338] Compound 15 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2. LC-MS: m/z = 547.8 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.77 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.35 - 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.26 (br, 2H), 3.07 (br, 2H), 2.67 - 2.76 (m, 4H), 2.02 (br, 2H).
Example 16: 4-amino-l-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
[00339] Compound 16 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with methyl 4-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)piperidine-4-carboxylate in step 2. LC-MS: m/z = 602.8 (M+H). 1H- NMR (MeOD), δ 8.77 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.36 - 7.38 (dd, J= 2.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.25 - 3.70 (m, 6H) 2.67 - 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.50 (br, 2H), 2.27 (br, 2H), 2.12 (br, 2H).
Example 17: 2-amino-4-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)butanoic acid
Scheme 10
Figure imgf000086_0001
[00340] Step 1 : Preparation of (S)-4-amino-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid
[00341] To a solution of (S)-5-amino-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-5-oxopentanoic acid
(2g, 8. lmmol) in DMF: water (l : l,v/v, 18ml) was added pyridine (1.3ml, 16.2mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5-10 minutes. Iodobenzene diacetate (3.92g, 12. lmmol) was added and further stirred for 4 hours. After completion of reaction D.M. water (100ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100ml). The combined organic extracts was washed with D.M. water (100ml), brine (100ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by triturating with diethyl ether. Evaporation of the product fractions gave l .lg (yield, 62%) of desired compound as brown solid. LC-MS: m/z = 219.1(M+H). [00342] Step 2: Preparation of (E)-3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)acrylaldehyde
[00343] To a solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (20g, 127mmol) in THF
(300ml) was added (Formylmethylene)triphenylphosphorane (43 g, 140mmol) at room
temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was then refluxed at 100°C for 20 hrs. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. D.M. water (200ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 250ml). The combined organic extract was washed with D.M. water (200ml), brine (200ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 20- 30% ethyl acetate in hexane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 20g (yield, 87%) of the desired compound as yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z = 183.4(M+H).
[00344] Step 3: (S.E -2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino -4-(3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)allylamino)butanoic acid
[00345] To a solution of 3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)acrylaldehyde (0.5g, 3.2mmol)and
(S)-4-amino-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid (0.769g, 3.52mmol) in dichloromethane (80ml) was added magnesium sulphate (0.77g, 6.4mmol) and triethylamine (1.34ml, 9.615mmol) at room temperature. The above reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuo. The concentrated mass thus obtained was dissolved in methanol (20ml) and cooled to a temperature between 5-10°C. To the above mixture, sodium borohydride (0.36g, 9.61mmol) was added in small portions over a period of 10 minutes, during addition temperature of the reaction mixture was maintained between 10-20°C. After completion of addition, the resulting reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuo. D.M. water (40ml) was added to the above crude mass and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 60ml). The combined organic extract was washed with D.M. water (50ml), brine (50ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 1-5% methanol in dichloromethane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.4g (yield, 32.5%) of the desired compound as a brown liquid. LC-MS: m/z = 385.2(M+H).
[00346] Step 4: (S -2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino -4-(3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)propylamino)butanoic acid
[00347] To a solution of (S,E)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)allylamino)butanoic acid (0.4g, 13.6mmol) in methanol (10ml) was carefully added 10%> Palladium on carbon with 50%> moisture (0.120g, 1.3mmol). Hydrogen gas was then bubbled into the reaction mixture at room temperature for a period of 15-20 minutes. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite hyflow. The celite bed was carefully washed with some amount of methanol. The filtrate thus obtained was concentrated under vacuo to afford 0.35g (yield, 87.06%>) of the desired compound as a colorless liquid. LC-MS: m/z = 387.4(M+H).
[00348] Note: For this particular step, we also observed occurrence of dechlorination, its proportion remained variable. This step was thus monitored cautiously and worked up soon upon completion.
[00349] Step 5 : (S -4-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonvn-N-(thiazol-4-vnsulfamovn-2- chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propylamino)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid
[00350] To a solution (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-(3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)propylamino)butanoic acid (0.350g, 2.7mmol) in DMF (0.7ml) was added K2CO3 (0.375g, 2.7mmol) in one portion under nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To the above mixture was added tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl) carbamate (0.408g, 0.99mmol) and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of reaction, D.M. water (20ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30ml). The combined organic extract was washed with Ice cold water (100ml), brine (50ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 1 to 2% Methanol in DCM. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.4g (yield, 56.8%) of the desired compound as a brown liquid. LC-MS: m/z = 777.6(M+H).
[00351] Step 6: Preparation of (S -2-amino-4-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fiuoro-4-(N- thiazol-4-ylsulfamoyl)phenoxy) phenyl)propylamino)butanoic acid
[00352] To a solution of (S)-4-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propylamino)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid (0.4g, 0.78mmol) in dichloromethane (10ml) was added drop-wise a 4N solution of hydrochloric acid in ethyl acetate (2ml) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of reaction, pentane (20ml) was added in to the reaction mixture which resulted in precipitation of solid. The solvent layer was decanted off; the solid thus obtained was washed twice with pentane (15ml) and dried under vacuo. The resulting crude material was further purified by Prep HPLC using 0.1% Formic acid in Water: Acetonitrile mobile phase. Evaporation of the pure product fractions obtained from Prep HPLC provided the desired product as HCl salt (0.0253g, 8.6% yield). LC-MS: m/z = 576.8 (M+H).
Example 18: 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid
[00353] Compound 18 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yl)carbamate with N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4,5-trifluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 517.8 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 7.81 - 7.85 (dd, J= 6.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J= 6.4, 1H), 7.31 - 7.34 (dd, J= 2.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.86 - 6.90 (dd, J= 6.4, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.08 - 3.12 (m, 2H), 2.75 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.03 - 2.08 (m, 2H). Example 19: l-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-3-carboxylic acid
[00354] Compound 19 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with methyl piperidine-3- carboxylate in step 2. LC-MS: m/z = 589.8 (M+H).
Example 20: 2-((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5- fluorophenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid
[00355] Compound 20 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing 5-chloro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde with 2- hydroxybenzaldehyde in step 1. LC-MS: m/z = 500.8 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.90 (s, 2H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 - 7.44 (dd, J= 1.6, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.26 - 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.07 (dd, J= 1.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 2.93 (br, 2H), 2.57 - 2.61 (m, 2H), 1.92 (br, 2H).
Example 21: 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid
[00356] Compound 21 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yl)carbamate with tert-butyl 2,4,5-trfluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate in step 4. LC- MS: m/z = 517.8 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.77 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.83 (dd, J = 6.4, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.35 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.85 - 6.89 (dd, J= 6.4,10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 3.09 - 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.73 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.99 - 2.07 (m, 2H).
Example 22: 3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid
[00357] Compound 22 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl 2,4,5-trfluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 531.8 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.78 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.83 (dd, J= 6.4, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.35 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.85 - 6.90 (dd, J= 6.4,10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.07 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.71 - 2.78 (m, 4H), 1.97 - 2.05 (m, 2H).
Example 23: 3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-cyano-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid
[00358] Compound 23 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate with tert-butyl (3-cyano-4-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 520.9 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.77 (d, J= 2.0 Ηζ,ΙΗ), 8.30 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J= 2.4, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (dd, J= 2.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 6.96 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.09 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.76 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.69 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.99 - 2.07 (m, 2H).
Example 24: methyl 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetate
[00359] Compound 24 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 without hydrolysis of methyl ester (step 5). LC-MS: m/z = 548.4 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.77 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.35 - 7.38 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.08-3.12 (m, 2H), 2.68 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.00 - 2.08 (m, 2H).
Example 25 : 3-((3-(2-(2-chlor o-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-5- fluorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid
[00360] Compound 25 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing 5-chloro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde with 5-fluoro-2- hydroxybenzaldehyde in step 1 , and replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2. LC-MS: m/z = 531.9 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.77 (d, J= 2.4 Ηζ,ΙΗ), 8.01 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.11 - 7.13 (m, 3H), 6.65 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (t, j = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.06 (t, j = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (t, j = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, j = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.99 - 2.03 (m, 2H).
Example 26: 3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanamide
Scheme 11
Figure imgf000092_0001
[00361] Step 1 : Preparation of 3 -(5 -chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)acrylaldehyde
[00362] To a solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (20g, 127mmol) in THF
(300ml) was added (formylmethylene)triphenylphosphorane (43 g, 140mmol) at room
temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was then refluxed at 100°C for 20 hrs. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. Water (200ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 250ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (200ml), brine (200ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 20- 30% ethyl acetate in hexane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 20g (yield, 87%) of desired compound as yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z= 181.34(M-H). [00363] Step 2: Preparation of methyl 3-[3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenvDallylaminolpropanoate)
[00364] To a solution of 3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)acrylaldehyde (1.0g, 5.47mmol) and β- Alanine methyl ester hydrochloride (0.917g, 6.57mmol) in DCM (20ml) was added magnesium sulphate (1.317g, 1.09mmol) and TEA (2.3ml, 16.41mmol) at room temperature and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuo. The concentrated mass thus obtained was dissolved in methanol (20ml) and cooled to 5-10 °C. To this cold reaction mixture, sodium borohydrate (0.620g, 16.41mmol) was then added in small portions over a period of 10-20mins, during addition the temperature was maintained in between 10-20°C. After completion of addition the resulting reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, it was concentrated under vacuo. To the resulting crude mass water (50ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by column
chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 1-5% Methanol in DCM. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.9g (yield, 61%) of desired compound as white solid. LC-MS: m/z = 270.6 (M+H).
[00365] Step 3: Preparation of methyl 3-r3-(5-chloro-2-hvdroxyphenyl)propylamino1 propanoate)
[00366] To a solution of 3-[3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)allylamino]propanoate) (0.35g,
1.3mmol) in methanol (20ml) was carefully added 10% Palladium on carbon with 50% moisture (0.104g, 0.065mmol). Hydrogen gas was then bubbled into the reaction mixture at room temperature for a period of 30 mins. The reaction mixture was monitored on TLC using ethyl acetate as mobile phase. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite. The celite bed was carefully washed with some amount of methanol. The filtrate thus obtained was concentrated under vacuo to afford 0.3g (yield, 85%>) of desired compound colorless liquid, m/z = 272.6 (M+H). [00367] Step 4: Preparation of 3-[3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)propylaminol propanamide)
[00368] A solution of methyl 3-[3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)propylamino] propanoate)
(0.3g, 1.08mmol) in methanolic ammonia (lOmL) was heated at 100°C in sealed tube (35mL) for a time period of 12 hours. After completion of reaction methanol was evaporated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 30- 40% ethyl acetate in hexane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.16g (yield, 33.9%) of the desired compound as a colorless liquid, m/z = 257.2 (M+H).
[00369] Step 5: Preparation of methyl 3-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonvn-N-(thiazol-4- yl) sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl) propylamino) propanoate
[00370] To a solution 3-[3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)propylamino] propanoate) (0.09g,
0.35mmol) in DMF (2ml) was added K2CO3 (0.145, 1.05mmol) in one portion under nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To the above mixture was added tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4- difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (0.143g, 0.35mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of reaction, water (10ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and
concentrated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 20 to 25% ethyl acetate in hexane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.15g (yield, 66.2%) of desired compound as a solid. This material was used for the next step without any further purification and analysis. The material was used directly for the next step. [00371] Step 6: Preparation of 3-(3-(5-chloro-2(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-thiazol-4- ylsulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propylamino)propanamide fluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yDcarbamate
[00372] To a solution of 3-(3-(2-(4-(N-(fert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4-yl) sulfamoyl)-
2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl) propylamino) propanoate (0.15g, 0.23mmol) in dichloromethane (5ml) was added drop-wise a 4N solution of hydrochloric acid in ethyl acetate (0.5ml) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of reaction, pentane (20ml) was added in to the reaction mixture which resulted in precipitation of solid. The solvent layer was decanted off; the solid thus obtained was washed twice with pentane (15ml) and dried under vacuo. The resulting crude material was further purified by Prep HPLC using 0.1% Formic acid in Water: Acetonitrile mobile phase. Evaporation of the pure product fractions obtained from Prep HPLC provided the desired product as HC1 salt. (0.009g, 7.1% yield). LC-MS: m/z = 548.8 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.75 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34 - 7.37 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.02 - 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.62 - 2.70 (m, 4H), 1.99 - 2.03 (m, 2H).
Example 27: 2-(N-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)acetamido)acetic acid
Scheme 12
Figure imgf000095_0001
[00373] Step 1 : Preparation of (E)-3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl) acrylaldehyde
[00374] To a solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (20g, 127 mmol) in THF (300 ml) was added (formylmethylene)triphenylphosphorane (43g, 140mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was then refluxed at 100°C for 20 hrs. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. Water (200 ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 250ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (200ml), brine (200 ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 20- 30% ethyl acetate in hexane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 20g (yield, 87%) of the desired compound as a yellow solid LC-MS: m/z = 183.4(M+H).
[00375] Step 2: Preparation of (EVmethyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)allylamino)acetate
[00376] To a solution of (E)-3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)acrylaldehyde (l .Og, 5.4mmol) and glycine methyl ester hydrochloride(0.590g, 6.55mmol) in dichloromethane (20ml) was added magnesium sulphate (1.5g, 10.9mmol) and triethylamine (2.28ml, 16.38mmol) at room temperature. The above reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuo. The concentrated mass thus obtained was dissolved in methanol (20ml) and cooled to a temperature between 5-10°C. To the above mixture, sodium borohydride (0.606g, 16.38mmol) was added in small portions over a period of 10 minutes; during addition temperature of the reaction mixture was maintained between 10-20°C. After completion of addition, the resulting reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuo. Water (40ml) was added to the above crude mass and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 60ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (50ml), brine (50ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 2-3% methanol in dichloromethane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.8g (yield, 57.4%) of the desired compound as a brown liquid. LC-MS: m/z = 256.07(M+H).
[00377] Step 3: Preparation of methyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)propylamino)acetate
[00378] To a solution of (E)-methyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)allylamino)acetate
(0.8g, 3.13mmol) in methanol (50ml) was carefully added Palladium hydroxide (0.199g, 0.09mmol). Hydrogen gas was then bubbled into the reaction mixture at room temperature for a period of 30 minutes. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite. The celite bed was carefully washed with some amount of methanol. The filtrate thus obtained was concentrated under vacuo to afford 0.7g (yield, 86.81%) of compound as colorless liquid. LC-MS: m/z = 258.07(M+H).
[00379] Step 4: Preparation of methyl 2-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonvn-N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propylamino)acetate
[00380] To a solution of methyl 2-(3-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)propylamino)acetate
(0.7g, 2.72mmol) in DMF (7ml) was added K2CO3 (1.12g, 8.17mmol) in one portion under nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To the above mixture was added tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4- difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate(1.22g, 2.996mmol) and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of reaction, water (20ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to afford 0.54 g (yield, 30.64%>) of the compound as a white solid. LC-MS: m z = 646.20(M-H).
[00381] Step 5: Preparation of methyl 2-(N-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonvn-N-(thiazol-
4-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propyl)acetamido)acetate.
[00382] To a solution of methyl 2-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5 -fluorophenoxy)-5 -chlorophenyl)propylamino)acetate (0.35 g, 0.54 mmol) in THF(5 mL) was added triethyl amine (0.22ml, 1.62mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 5-10 minutes. Acetic anhydride (0.102ml, 1.08mmol) was added at 0°C. The resulting reaction mixture was then refluxed at 80°C for 12 hours. To the reaction mixture water (30ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50ml). The combined organic extracts was washed with water (30ml), brine (30ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuum to get the desired crude product. The crude product was purified by triturating with diethyl ether. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.35g (yield, 94.01%) of the desired compound as a brown solid. LC-MS: m/z = 690.5(M+H).
[00383] Step 6: Preparation of 2-(N-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl -N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5-chlorophenyl)propyl)acetamido)acetic acid
[00384] To the solution of methyl 2-(N-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5 -fluorophenoxy)-5 -chlorophenyl)propyl)acetamido)acetate (0.35 g, 0.50mmol) in THF (5ml) was added a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.212g, 5.07mmol) in water (0.5 ml) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of reaction ice cold water (15ml) was added in to the reaction mixture, the resulting mixture was then acidified between 4-6 pH with aqueous IN hydrochloric acid. The resulting acidic aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo to afford 0.3g (yield, 87.49%) of the compound as a white solid. This material was directly used for next step without any further purification and analysis. LC-MS: m/z = 676.41(M+H).
[00385] Step 7: Preparation of 2-(N-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fiuoro-4-(N-thiazol-4- ylsulfamoyl) phenoxy) phenyl) propyl)acetamido)acetic acid
[00386] To the solution of 2-(N-(3-(2-(4-(N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5 -fluorophenoxy)-5 -chlorophenyl)propyl)acetamido)acetic acid (0.3 g, 0.44mmol) in dichloromethane (4ml) was added drop-wise a 4N solution of hydrochloric acid in ethyl acetate (1ml) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of reaction, pentane (20ml) was added in to the reaction mixture which resulted in precipitation of solid. The solvent layer was decanted off; the solid thus obtained was washed twice with pentane (15ml) and dried under vacuo. The resulting crude material was further purified by Prep HPLC using 0.1% Hydrochloric acid in water:
acetonitrile mobile phase. Evaporation of the pure product fractions obtained from Prep HPLC provided the desired product as HCl salt (0.060g, 23.47% yield). LC-MS: m/z = 575.92(M+H).
Example 28: 2-(l-(3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)- 5-chlorophenyl)propyl)piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid
[00387] Compound 28 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with methyl 2-(piperidin-4- yl)acetate in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yl)carbamate with 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5- yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 601.2 (M+H).
Example 29: 3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid
[00388] Compound 29 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with beta alanine methyl ester in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate with 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4. LC-MS: m z = 547.9 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.05 (d, J= 6.8 Ηζ,ΙΗ), 7.49 (d, J= 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.04 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.71 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.49 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.00 - 2.03 (m, 2H).
Example 30: 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)-N-methylacetamide
[00389] Compound 30 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with 2-amino-N-methylacetamide in step 2. LC-MS: m/z = 547.1 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.77 (d, J= 2.4 Ηζ,ΙΗ), 8.01 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J= 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 2.97 - 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.65 - 2.69 (m, 2H), 1.96 - 2.06 (m, 2H). Example 31 : 5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(3-((2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)amino)propyl)phenoxy)- 2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide
[00390] Compound 31 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with 2-(methylsulfonyl)ethanamine in step 2. LC-MS: m/z = 581.8 (M+H). 1H-NMR (MeOD), δ 8.77 (d, J= 2.4 Ηζ,ΙΗ), 8.02 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (dd, J= 2.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.33 - 3.50 (m, 4H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.99 - 3.01 (m, 2H), 2.65 - 2.68 (m, 2H), 1.95 - 2.03 (m, 2H).
Example 32: l-(3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid
[00391] Compound 32 was synthesized according to the procedure described for the synthesis of compound 11 by replacing glycine methyl ester with methyl piperidine-4- carboxylate in step 2, and replacing tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4-difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yl)carbamate with 5-chloro-N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4-difluoro-N-(l ,2,4-thiadiazol-5- yl)benzenesulfonamide in step 4. LC-MS: m/z = 589.6 (M+H).
Example 33 : 5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetr ahydropyrazolo [ 1 ,5-a] pyrimidin-3- yl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide
Scheme 13
Figure imgf000100_0001
[00392] Step 1 : Preparation of 5 -chloro-2-methoxybenzaldehyde
[00393] A solution of 5-chloro-2-hydroxybenzaldehyde (20g, 128mmol) in DMF (70mL) was cooled to a temperature between 5-10 C. Sodium hydride (7.69g, 192mmol) was added to the above solution in small portions over a period of 20 minutes. Methyl iodide (23.8ml, 384mmol) was then added drop wise to the above reaction mixture whilst maintaining its temperature below 15°C. After completion of addition the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thereafter the reaction mixture was poured in to cold saturated ammonium chloride solution (250mL) to get white precipitates. The precipitates thus formed were filtered off and dried under vacuo. The resulting solid was triturated with 100 ml of pentane:diethyl ether (4: 1) to afford 18g (yield, 82.58%) of the desired compound as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z = 170.1 (M+H).
[00394] Step 2: Preparation of (5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl) methanol
[00395] A solution of 5-chloro-2-methoxybenzaldehyde (18g, 105.8mmol) in methanol
(lOOmL) was cooled to temperature in between 5-10°C. To the above solution sodium borohydride (11.8g, 317mmol) was added in portion over a period of 30 mins. After completion of addition the resulting reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for next ~2 hours. The reaction was monitored on TLC using ethyl acetate :hexane (1 : 1) as mobile phase. After completion of the reaction, it was concentrated under vacuo. To the resulting crude mass, cold water (200 ml) was added to get white precipitate. The precipitate thus formed was filtered and dried to afford 16g (yield, 87.8%) of desired compound as white solid. The material was used directly for the next step.
[00396] Step 3: Preparation of 4-chloro-2-(chloromethyl)-l-methoxybenzene
[00397] A solution of 5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)methanol (16g, 94mmol) in DCM
(100ml) was cooled to a temperature between 5-10°C. To the above solution thionyl chloride (11ml, 140mmol) was added drop wise over a period of 30 minutes. After completion of addition the resulting reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 4 hours. After completion of the reaction, it was concentrated under vacuo. To the resulting crude mass, cold water (150ml) was added to get white precipitates. The precipitate thus formed was filtered off and dried under vacuo to afford 12g (yield, 67.9%) of the desired compound as a white solid. The material was used directly for the next step.
[00398] Step 4: Preparation of 2-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)acetonitrile
[00399] To a solution of 4-chloro-2-(chloromethyl)-l-methoxybenzene (12g, 63.15mmol) in DMSO (60mL) was carefully added sodium cyanide (4.4g, 95.6mmol) at room temperature. Above reaction mixture was then heated at 100°C for 3 hours. After cooling to room
temperature, the reaction mixture was poured in to cold water (200mL) to get precipitates. The precipitate thus formed were filtered off and dried under vacuo to afford lOg (yield, 87.46%) of the desired compound as an off white solid. The material was used directly for the next step.
[00400] Step 5 : Preparation of 2-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenv0-3-oxopropanenitrile
[00401] To a solution of 2-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)acetonitrile (lOg, 47.84mmol) in ethyl formate (50mL) was added sodium metal (4.4g, 95.6mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 100°C for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, it was cooled to room temperature, water (100ml) and dichloromethane (100ml) were added to the reaction mixture and the solution was adjusted to pH-3 with the help of concentrated
hydrochloric acid. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100ml). The combined organics were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (150ml), dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 0.7 to 0.9% methanol in dichloromethane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 9g (yield, 77.94%) of the desired compound as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z = 208.0(M-H).
[00402] Step 6: Preparation of 4-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5 -amine
[00403] To a solution of 2-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)-3-oxopropanenitrile (9g, 43mmol) in ethanol (90mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (4.3g, 86.12mmol) and glacial acetic acid (2.7mL, 51.6mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for 3 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with aqueous sodium bicarbonate (150ml). The resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 0.9 to 1.1% methanol in dichloromethane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 7g (yield, 72.8%) of the desired compound as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z = 224.1(M+H).
[00404] Step 7: Preparation of 3-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7- tetrahydropyrazolo [ 1 ,5 -alpyrimidine
[00405] A solution of 4-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)-lH-pyrazol-5 -amine (3g,
13.45mmol) in dry DMF (15mL) was cooled to a temperature in between 5-10°C. Sodium hydride (0.806g, 20.17mmol) was added to the above solution in small portions over a period of 30 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 5-10°C, thereafter 1, 3- dibromopropane (1.78ml, 17.48mmol) was added drop wise to the above mixture. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 100°C for a period of 4 hrs. After completion of reaction, the solution was diluted with cold water (lOOmL) and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. T he crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 1.2 to 1.5% methanol in dichloromethane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.65g (yield, 18.36%) of the desired compound as a semisolid. LC-MS: m/z = 264.2(M+H).
[00406] Step 8: Preparation of 4-chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3- yPphenol
[00407] A solution of 3-(5-chloro-2-methoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5- ajpyrimidine (0.65g, 1.9mmol) in dichloromethane (30mL) was cooled to a temperature between 5-10°C. To the above solution, boron tribromide in dichloromethane (4.7mL, 4.75mmol) was added drop wise over a period of 30 minutes. After completion of addition, the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After completion of reaction, the solution was diluted with cold water (40mL) and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo to afford 0.65g (yield, 81.24%) of desired compound as white solid. LC- MS: m/z = 250.2(M+H).
[00408] Step 9: Preparation of tert-butyl 5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(4,5.6.7- tetrahydropyrazolo [ 1 ,5 -alpyrimidin-3 -yDphenoxy)- 2-fluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4- yDcarbamate
[00409] To a solution 4-chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)phenol
(0.5g, 2.008mmol) in DMF (8ml) was added K2CO3 (0.556g, 4.016mmol) in one portion under nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To the above mixture was added tert-butyl 5-chloro-2,4- difluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (0.989g, 2.409mmol) and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion of reaction, water (10ml) was added and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25ml). The combined organic extract was washed with water (20ml), brine (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using normal phase silica gel. The desired product eluted at around 40 to 50% ethyl acetate in hexane. Evaporation of the product fractions gave 0.4g (yield, 31.18%) of the desired compound as a white solid.LC-MS: m/z = 640.1 (M+H).
[00410] Step 10: Preparation of 5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolori,5- a1pyrimidin-3-yl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide
[00411] To a solution of tert-butyl 5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-3-yl)phenoxy)-2-fluorophenylsulfonyl(thiazol-4-yl)carbamate (0.4g, 0.626mmol) in dichloromethane (15ml) was added drop-wise a 4N solution of hydrochloric acid in ethyl acetate (0.8ml) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After completion of reaction, pentane (20ml) was added in to the reaction mixture which resulted in precipitation of solid. The solvent layer was decanted off; the solid thus obtained was washed twice with pentane (15ml) and dried under vacuo. The resulting crude material was further purified by Prep HPLC using 0.1% Hydrochloric acid in Water: Acetonitrile mobile phase. Evaporation of the pure product fractions obtained from Prep HPLC provided the desired product as HC1 salt (0.130g, 38.6% yield). LC-MS: m/z = 539.78 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.76 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.14 (p, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H).
[00412] The embodiments described herein are intended to be merely exemplary, and those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents to the specific procedures described herein. All such equivalents are considered to be within the scope of the present invention and are covered by the following embodiments.
[00413] All references (including patent applications, patents, and publications) cited herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and for all purposes to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of Formula (I),
Figure imgf000106_0001
Formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof, wherein:
Z is -O- or -S-;
Y is -X-C(=0)NR4R5, -(CH2)3-NR9Rio, or 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidine- (2-yl or 3-yl);
X is (C6-Cio)aryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl;
Ri is a partially unsaturated or aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle;
R2 is independently at each occurrence -F, -CI, -Br, -CH3 or -CN;
R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, -Br, -CF3, -OCF3, -CN, (Ci-Ci2)alkyl, or (Ci-Ci2)alkoxy;
R4 and R5 are each independently H, (Ci-C9)alkyl, (C4-Ci2)cycloalkyl, or R4 and R5 together form a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring; with the proviso that: R4 and R5 are not both H; and
at least one of R4 and R5 independently or said heterocycloalkyl ring formed by R4 and R5 together is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of-C02H, -C02R6, -CN, -OH, -CONR7R8, and -NR7R8; wherein:
Rs is (Ci-Ci2)alkyl;
R7 and Rg are each independently H, (Ci_Ci2)alkyl, or R7 and Rg together form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring;
R9 is (Ci-Ce)alkyl, (C3-Cg)cycloalkyl, pyrazolyl or pyridinyl; wherein R9 is optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COORn, -CONR11R12, -SO2R11, -SO2NR11R12, -OH, -CN, -ORn, and -NR11R12; wherein Rn and R12 may form a 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring Rio is Rn, -COR11, -COORn, -S02Rn, 5-methyl-2-oxo-l,3-dioxol-4-yl,
Figure imgf000107_0001
, -COO-CH(CH3)OCOCH(CH3)2; or R9 and Rio together form a piperazinone or a 4-to 8- membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COORn, -CH2-COORn, -OH, -NH2, -CN, and (Ci-Cg)alkoxy;
Rn and R12 are independently H or (Ci-C6)alkyl, optionally substituted with 4- to 8- membered heterocycloalkyl ring; and
m and n are each independently 1, 2, 3, or 4.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein Y is -(CH2)3-NR9Rio.
3. The compound of claim 2, wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
4. The compound of any of claims 2 or 3, wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
5. The compound of any of claims 2 or 3, wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered
heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
6. The compound of any of claims 2, 3, or 5 wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or
thiadiazolyl.
7. The compound of any of claims 2, 3, 5, or 6, wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
8. The compound of any of claims 2, 3, 5, or 6, wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
9. The compound of any of claims 2-8, wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
10. The compound of any of claims 2-9, wherein n is 1 , 2, or 3.
1 1. The compound of any of claims 2-10, wherein n is 2.
12. The compound of any of claims 2-11, wherein Z is -0-.
13. The compound of any of claims 2-12, wherein R3 is independently at each occurrence -H, -F, -CI, or -Br.
14. The compound of any of claims 2-13, wherein R3 is -H or -CI.
15. The compound of any of claims 2-14, wherein R3 is -CI.
16. The compound of any of claims 2-15, wherein m is 1 , 2, or 3.
17. The compound of any of claims 2-16, wherein m is 1.
18. The compound of any of claims 2-17, wherein Rg is (Ci-C6)alkyl; wherein Rg is
optionally further substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -CONH2, and -NH2.
19. The compound of any of claims 2-18, wherein Rg is methyl or ethyl.
20. The compound of any of claims 2-19, wherein Rg is further substituted with -COOH.
21. The compound of any of claims 2-20, wherein Ri0 is -H, -COMe, -COOEt.
22. The compound of any of claims 2-20, wherein Rio is -H or -COMe.
23. The compound of any of claims 2-22, wherein Rio is -H.
24. The compound of any of claims 2-17, wherein Rg and Rio together form a 4 to 8
membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -COOEt, -CH2- COOH, and -NH2.
25. The compound of any of claims 2-17, wherein Rg and Rio together form a 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein said heterocycloalkyl ring is substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -CH2-COOH, and -NH2.
26. The compound of any of claims 2-17, wherein Rg and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -COOMe, -COOEt, -CH2-COOH, -CH2-COOMe, -CH2-COOEt, and -NH2.
27. The compound of any of claims 2-17, wherein R9 and Rio together form a piperidine substituted with 1 or 2 groups selected from the group consisting of -COOH, -CH2- COOH, and -NH2.
28. The compound of claim 1, wherein Y is -X-C(=0)NR4Rs.
29. The compound of claim 28, wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
30. The compound of any of claims 28 or 29, wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
31. The compound of any of claims 28 or 29, wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered
heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
32. The compound of any of claims 28, 29, or 31 wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
33. The compound of any of claims 28, 29, 31, or 32, wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
34. The compound of any of claims 28, 29, 31, or 32, wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
35. The compound of any of claims 28-34, wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
36. The compound of any of claims 28-35, wherein n is 1, 2, or 3.
37. The compound of any of claims 28-36, wherein n is 2.
38. The compound of any of claims 28-37, wherein Z is -0-.
39. The compound of any of claims 28-38, wherein R3 is independently at each
occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br.
40. The compound of any of claims 28-39, wherein R3 is -H or -CI.
41. The compound of any of claims 28-40, wherein R3 is -CI.
42. The compound of any of claims 28-41, wherein m is 1, 2, or 3.
43. The compound of any of claims 28-42, wherein m is 1.
44. The compound of any of claims 28-43, wherein X is 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl.
45. The compound of any of claims 28-44, wherein X is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
46. The compound of any of claims 28-45, wherein X is pyridyl.
47. The compound of any of claims 28-46, wherein R4 is H and R5 is
Figure imgf000110_0001
48. The compound of any of claims 28-47, wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of -C02H, -C02R6, and -CONR7R8.
49. The compound of any of claims 28-48, wherein R^ is (Ci-C6)alkyl.
50. The compound of any of claims 28-48, wherein R5 is methyl or ethyl, substituted
with -CO2H.
51. The compound of claim 1, wherein Y is 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-(2- yl or 3-yl).
52. The compound of claim 51, wherein Y is 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine-3- yi.
53. The compound of any of claims 51 or 52, wherein Ri is an aromatic 5- or 6-membered heterocycle, with 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.
54. The compound of any of claims 51-53, wherein Ri is pyridyl or pyrimidinyl.
55. The compound of any of claims 51-53, wherein Ri is an aromatic 5-membered
heterocycle with 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms and optionally 1 or 2 sulphur atoms.
56. The compound of any of claims 51-53, or 55 wherein Ri is thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
57. The compound of any of claims 51-53, 55, or 56, wherein Ri is thiazolyl.
58. The compound of any of claims 51-53, 55, or 56, wherein Ri is l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl.
59. The compound of any of claims 51-58, wherein R2 is independently at each occurrence -F or -CI.
60. The compound of any of claims 51-59, wherein n is 1, 2, or 3.
61. The compound of any of claims 51-60, wherein n is 2.
62. The compound of any of claims 51-61, wherein Z is -0-.
63. The compound of any of claims 51-62, wherein R3 is independently at each
occurrence -F, -CI, or -Br.
64. The compound of any of claims 51-63, wherein R3 is -H or -CI.
65. The compound of any of claims 51-64, wherein R3 is -CI.
66. The compound of any of claims 51-65, wherein m is 1, 2, or 3.
67. The compound of any of claims 51-66, wherein m is 1. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is
3- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)acetic acid,
5-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)pentanoic acid,
4- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)butanoic acid,
2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
(R)-2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy) chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
2- (6-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)acetic acid,
(S)-2-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
3- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-cyanophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
3-(4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2,5-difluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
2- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
3- ((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
2- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
l-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid,
3- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid, 4- amino- 1 -(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid,
2-amino-4-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)butanoic acid,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
1- (3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)piperidine-3-carboxylic acid,
2- ((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5- fluorophenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
2- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetic acid,
3- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2,5-difluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-cyano-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
methyl 2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)acetate,
3-((3-(2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4-yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)-5- fluorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
3-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanamide,
2-(N-(3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)acetamido)acetic acid,
2- (l-(3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)piperidin-4-yl)acetic acid,
3- ((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-2- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid,
2-((3-(5-chloro-2-(2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-(N-(thiazol-4- yl)sulfamoyl)phenoxy)phenyl)propyl)amino)-N-methylacetamide,
5- chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(3-((2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)amino)propyl)phenoxy)-2-fluoro-N- (thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide,
1- (3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)piperidine-4-carboxylic acid, or
5-chloro-4-(4-chloro-2-(4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-3-yl)phenoxy)-2- fluoro-N-(thiazol-4-yl)benzenesulfonamide
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
69. The compound of any of claims 1 or 68, wherein the compound is
2- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)acetic acid,
3- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid,
2- (4-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)picolinamido)propanoic acid, or
3- ((3-(2-(4-(N-(l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)sulfamoyl)-2-chloro-5-fluorophenoxy)-5- chlorophenyl)propyl)amino)propanoic acid;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a stereoisomeric or tautomeric form thereof.
70. A method for treating neuropathic pain comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or tautomeric form thereof.
71. A method for treating pain comprising use of a compound of Formula (I), as a voltage- gated sodium channel inhibitor.
72. The method of claim 71, wherein the pain is neuropathic, nociceptive or inflammatory pain.
73. The method of claim 71, wherein the voltage-gated sodium channel is NaVl .7.
74. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 69 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
75. The composition of claim 74, wherein the composition is suitable for topical, oral, subcutaneous, or intravenous administration.
76. A method for prevention or treatment of pain in a subject, wherein the method comprises administering to the subject in need of such prevention or treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 69.
77. The method of claim 76, wherein the therapeutically effective amount is effective to alleviate pain in a subject, wherein the compound of any one of claims 1 to 69 shows a reduction in pain response in the Formalin Assay in phase 1 or phase 2, or both, at a dose between 0.1 mg/kg and 1,000 mg/kg, at a dose between 0.5 mg/kg and 100 mg/kg, or at a dose between 1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg.
78. The method of claim 76, wherein the pain is nociceptive pain, such as that resulting from physical trauma (e.g., a cut or contusion of the skin; or a chemical or thermal burn), osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis or tendonitis; myofascial pain; neuropathic pain, such as that associated with stroke, diabetic neuropathy, luetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, fibromyalgia, or painful neuropathy induced
iatrogenically by drugs; or mixed pain (i.e., pain with both nociceptive and neuropathic components); visceral pain; headache pain (e.g., migraine headache pain); CRPS; CRPS type I; CRPS type II; RSD; reflex neurovascular dystrophy; reflex dystrophy;
sympathetically maintained pain syndrome; causalgia; Sudeck atrophy of bone;
algoneurodystrophy; shoulder hand syndrome; post-traumatic dystrophy; autonomic dysfunction; autoimmune -related pain; inflammation-related pain; cancer-related pain; phantom limb pain; chronic fatigue syndrome; post-operative pain; spinal cord injury pain; central post-stroke pain; radiculopathy; sensitivity to temperature, light touch or color change to the skin (allodynia); pain from hyperthermic or hypothermic conditions; and other painful conditions (e.g., diabetic neuropathy, luetic neuropathy, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia); chronic pain; or acute pain.
79. A method for modulating the activity of a voltage-gated sodium channel, wherein the method comprises contacting a cell that expresses the voltage-gated sodium channel with a compound of any one of claims 1 to 69. The method of claim 79, wherein the voltage-gated sodium channel is NaV1.7.
The method of claim 79, wherein the method results in inhibition of the voltage-gated sodium channel.
PCT/US2014/025809 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain WO2014151472A1 (en)

Priority Applications (15)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2014234105A AU2014234105B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
RU2015133310A RU2669367C2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
ES14767550.8T ES2687481T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for pain treatment
JP2016501972A JP6449845B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulator for the treatment of pain
MX2015011907A MX363680B (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain.
BR112015022096A BR112015022096A8 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 sodium channel modulating compounds, composition comprising them and use thereof
CN201480014410.XA CN105188694B (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for treating pain
KR1020157029193A KR20150131254A (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
EP14767550.8A EP2968234B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
CA2900604A CA2900604A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
US14/776,016 US10179781B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
MYPI2015702635A MY188139A (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
PH12015501740A PH12015501740A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-08-07 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
IL242564A IL242564A0 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-11-12 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
HK16107214.7A HK1219060A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-06-22 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361787618P 2013-03-15 2013-03-15
US61/787,618 2013-03-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014151472A1 true WO2014151472A1 (en) 2014-09-25

Family

ID=51580969

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2014/025809 WO2014151472A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-13 Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain

Country Status (16)

Country Link
US (1) US10179781B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2968234B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6449845B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20150131254A (en)
CN (1) CN105188694B (en)
AU (1) AU2014234105B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112015022096A8 (en)
CA (1) CA2900604A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2687481T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1219060A1 (en)
IL (1) IL242564A0 (en)
MX (1) MX363680B (en)
MY (1) MY188139A (en)
PH (1) PH12015501740A1 (en)
RU (1) RU2669367C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2014151472A1 (en)

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104710379A (en) * 2015-03-09 2015-06-17 华南理工大学 Synthetic method for BMS-191011
US9458118B2 (en) 2013-09-10 2016-10-04 Chromocell Corporation Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain and diabetes
US9481677B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2016-11-01 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Biaryl ether sulfonamides and their use as therapeutic agents
US9493429B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-15 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzoxazoles and methods of use thereof
US9546164B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2017-01-17 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US9550775B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-01-24 Genentech, Inc. Substituted triazolopyridines and methods of use thereof
US9630929B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2017-04-25 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Benzenesulfonamide compounds and their use as therapeutic agents
US9771376B2 (en) 2000-05-22 2017-09-26 Genentech, Inc. N-substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
EP3193610A4 (en) * 2014-09-09 2018-04-04 Chromocell Corporation Selective nav1.7 inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes
US10005724B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2018-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US10071957B2 (en) 2012-07-06 2018-09-11 Genentech, Inc. N-substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US10179767B2 (en) 2015-05-22 2019-01-15 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US10179781B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-01-15 Chromocell Corporation Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
US10441586B2 (en) 2015-10-07 2019-10-15 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona CRMP2 SUMOylation inhibitors and uses thereof
US10457654B2 (en) 2016-10-17 2019-10-29 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2020054657A1 (en) 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 科研製薬株式会社 Novel heteroaromatic amide derivative and medicine containing same
US10766858B2 (en) 2016-03-30 2020-09-08 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US10787446B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-09-29 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US10899732B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2021-01-26 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides useful as sodium channel blockers
US10947251B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2021-03-16 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
CN112759559A (en) * 2019-11-06 2021-05-07 成都康弘药业集团股份有限公司 Sulfonamide compounds as sodium channel blockers and uses thereof
US11028075B2 (en) 2018-02-26 2021-06-08 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US11130726B2 (en) 2015-08-27 2021-09-28 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6572392B2 (en) 2015-12-18 2019-09-11 メルク・シャープ・アンド・ドーム・コーポレーションＭｅｒｃｋ Ｓｈａｒｐ ＆ Ｄｏｈｍｅ Ｃｏｒｐ． Hydroxylamine and hydroxycycloalkylamine substituted diamine-arylsulfonamide compounds having selective activity in voltage-gated sodium channels
WO2018175707A1 (en) 2017-03-24 2018-09-27 Genentech, Inc. 4-piperidin-n-(pyrimidin-4-yl)chroman-7-sulfonamide derivatives as sodium channel inhibitors
WO2019200369A1 (en) * 2018-04-13 2019-10-17 Chromocell Corporation Compounds and methods of using compounds for the prevention or treatment of peripheral nerve damage
WO2019217822A1 (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 Chromocell Corporation Compounds and methods of using compounds for the prevention or treatment of inflammatory conditions
WO2020161606A1 (en) * 2019-02-04 2020-08-13 Simon Fraser University Methods and compounds for inhibition of inactivation of voltage-gated sodium channels

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040127508A1 (en) * 2001-03-14 2004-07-01 Matthias Gerlach Substituted pyrazolopyrimidines and thiazolopyrimidines
US20080312235A1 (en) * 2004-07-23 2008-12-18 Charlotte Alice Louise Lane Pyridine Derivatives
US20090023740A1 (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-01-22 Icagen Sodium channel inhibitors
WO2010079443A1 (en) 2009-01-12 2010-07-15 Pfizer Limited Sulfonamide derivatives
WO2012004714A2 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 Pfizer Limited Chemical compounds
WO2012004743A1 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 Pfizer Limited Benzenesulfonamides useful as sodium channel inhibitors
US20120010207A1 (en) * 2010-07-12 2012-01-12 Pfizer Limited Chemical Compounds
WO2012004706A2 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 Pfizer Limited Chemical compounds

Family Cites Families (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3905971A (en) * 1971-03-29 1975-09-16 Pfizer 2-Phenyl-as-triazine-3,5(2H,4H)diones
US5356897A (en) 1991-09-09 1994-10-18 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 3-(heteroaryl)-pyrazololi[1,5-a]pyrimidines
US7659082B2 (en) 2002-02-19 2010-02-09 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods for identifying analgesic agents
KR101116627B1 (en) 2002-06-27 2012-10-09 노보 노르디스크 에이/에스 Aryl carbonyl derivatives as therapeutic agents
RU2006107211A (en) * 2003-08-08 2007-09-20 Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед (Us) COMPOSITIONS USEFUL AS INHIBITORS OF POTENTIAL DEPENDENT SODIUM CHANNELS
GB0324792D0 (en) 2003-10-23 2003-11-26 Sterix Ltd Compound
US7449477B2 (en) 2003-11-25 2008-11-11 Eli Lilly And Company 7-phenyl-isoquinoline-5-sulfonylamino derivatives as inhibitors of akt (protein kinase B)
MXPA06012613A (en) 2004-05-07 2007-01-31 Amgen Inc Protein kinase modulators and method of use.
EP1807391A4 (en) 2004-10-29 2010-01-06 Astrazeneca Ab Novel sulphonamide derivatives as glucocorticoid receptor modulators for the treatment of inflammatory diseases
AR054394A1 (en) * 2005-06-17 2007-06-20 Lundbeck & Co As H DERIVATIVES OF 2- (1H-INDOLILSULFANIL) -ARIL AMINA
UA96283C2 (en) 2005-12-23 2011-10-25 Зіланд Фарма А/С Modified lysine-mimetic compounds
EP2175728B1 (en) 2007-07-13 2014-09-10 Icagen, Inc. Sodium channel inhibitors
BRPI1015097A2 (en) 2009-05-29 2019-09-24 Raqualia Pharma Inc use of a compound, compound, pharmaceutical composition, method for treating a condition or disorder in which t-type calcium channels or voltage regulated sodium channels are involved, compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and use of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
EP2560636A4 (en) 2010-04-23 2013-11-27 Kineta Inc Anti-viral compounds
CA2823707A1 (en) 2011-01-18 2012-07-26 Amgen Inc. Nav1.7 knockout mice and uses thereof
EP2744805A1 (en) 2011-08-17 2014-06-25 Amgen Inc. Heteroaryl sodium channel inhibitors
CA2849505A1 (en) 2011-09-21 2013-03-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Sodium channel blockers reduce glucagon secretion
KR20140105445A (en) 2011-10-31 2014-09-01 제논 파마슈티칼스 인크. Biaryl ether sulfonamides and their use as therapeutic agents
EP2919770A4 (en) 2012-11-14 2017-03-08 The Board of Regents of The University of Texas System Inhibition of hif-2 heterodimerization with hif1 (arnt)
CA2900604A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Chromocell Corporation Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
PT3417851T (en) 2013-09-09 2020-10-12 Peloton Therapeutics Inc Aryl ethers and uses thereof
WO2015038533A2 (en) 2013-09-10 2015-03-19 Chromocell Corporation Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain and diabetes

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040127508A1 (en) * 2001-03-14 2004-07-01 Matthias Gerlach Substituted pyrazolopyrimidines and thiazolopyrimidines
US20080312235A1 (en) * 2004-07-23 2008-12-18 Charlotte Alice Louise Lane Pyridine Derivatives
US20090023740A1 (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-01-22 Icagen Sodium channel inhibitors
WO2010079443A1 (en) 2009-01-12 2010-07-15 Pfizer Limited Sulfonamide derivatives
WO2012004714A2 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 Pfizer Limited Chemical compounds
WO2012004743A1 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 Pfizer Limited Benzenesulfonamides useful as sodium channel inhibitors
WO2012004706A2 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 Pfizer Limited Chemical compounds
US20120010207A1 (en) * 2010-07-12 2012-01-12 Pfizer Limited Chemical Compounds

Non-Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 1995, MACK PUBLISHING
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1990, MACK PUBLISHING
ELIEL, E. L.: "Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds", 1962, MCGRAW HILL
JACQUES, J. ET AL.: "Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions", 1981, WILEY INTERSCIENCE
See also references of EP2968234A4
WILEN, S. H. ET AL., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 33, 1977, pages 2725
WILEN, S. H.: "Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions", 1972, UNIV. OF NOTRE DAME PRESS, pages: 268

Cited By (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9771376B2 (en) 2000-05-22 2017-09-26 Genentech, Inc. N-substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US9481677B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2016-11-01 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Biaryl ether sulfonamides and their use as therapeutic agents
US9630929B2 (en) 2011-10-31 2017-04-25 Xenon Pharmaceuticals Inc. Benzenesulfonamide compounds and their use as therapeutic agents
US10071957B2 (en) 2012-07-06 2018-09-11 Genentech, Inc. N-substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US9550775B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-01-24 Genentech, Inc. Substituted triazolopyridines and methods of use thereof
US10179781B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-01-15 Chromocell Corporation Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
US9493429B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-15 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzoxazoles and methods of use thereof
US9458118B2 (en) 2013-09-10 2016-10-04 Chromocell Corporation Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain and diabetes
EP3043787A4 (en) * 2013-09-10 2017-02-01 Chromocell Corporation Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain and diabetes
US9694002B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2017-07-04 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US9546164B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2017-01-17 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US10005724B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2018-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US10125098B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2018-11-13 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US11149002B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2021-10-19 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US10526285B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2020-01-07 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
EP3193610A4 (en) * 2014-09-09 2018-04-04 Chromocell Corporation Selective nav1.7 inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes
CN104710379A (en) * 2015-03-09 2015-06-17 华南理工大学 Synthetic method for BMS-191011
US10179767B2 (en) 2015-05-22 2019-01-15 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US11130726B2 (en) 2015-08-27 2021-09-28 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US10787446B2 (en) 2015-09-28 2020-09-29 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US10441586B2 (en) 2015-10-07 2019-10-15 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona CRMP2 SUMOylation inhibitors and uses thereof
US11020391B2 (en) 2015-10-07 2021-06-01 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona CRMP2 sumoylation inhibitors and uses thereof
US10899732B2 (en) 2015-11-25 2021-01-26 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides useful as sodium channel blockers
US10766858B2 (en) 2016-03-30 2020-09-08 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US11203572B2 (en) 2016-03-30 2021-12-21 Genentech, Inc. Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
US10457654B2 (en) 2016-10-17 2019-10-29 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US11028075B2 (en) 2018-02-26 2021-06-08 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
US10947251B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2021-03-16 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic compounds and methods of use thereof
KR20210057008A (en) 2018-09-10 2021-05-20 가껭세이야꾸가부시기가이샤 Novel heteroaromatic amide derivatives and drugs containing the same
WO2020054657A1 (en) 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 科研製薬株式会社 Novel heteroaromatic amide derivative and medicine containing same
CN112759559A (en) * 2019-11-06 2021-05-07 成都康弘药业集团股份有限公司 Sulfonamide compounds as sodium channel blockers and uses thereof
CN112759559B (en) * 2019-11-06 2022-08-12 成都康弘药业集团股份有限公司 Sulfonamide compounds as sodium channel blockers and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10179781B2 (en) 2019-01-15
BR112015022096A8 (en) 2019-11-26
EP2968234A4 (en) 2016-10-12
JP6449845B2 (en) 2019-01-09
CN105188694A (en) 2015-12-23
MY188139A (en) 2021-11-23
AU2014234105A1 (en) 2015-09-03
MX363680B (en) 2019-03-29
EP2968234A1 (en) 2016-01-20
EP2968234B1 (en) 2018-06-27
CA2900604A1 (en) 2014-09-25
RU2015133310A3 (en) 2018-02-28
JP2016512844A (en) 2016-05-09
PH12015501740A1 (en) 2015-10-19
US20160046617A1 (en) 2016-02-18
CN105188694B (en) 2018-07-31
IL242564A0 (en) 2016-02-29
AU2014234105B2 (en) 2019-01-03
RU2669367C2 (en) 2018-10-11
ES2687481T3 (en) 2018-10-25
KR20150131254A (en) 2015-11-24
BR112015022096A2 (en) 2017-07-18
HK1219060A1 (en) 2017-03-24
RU2015133310A (en) 2017-04-20
MX2015011907A (en) 2016-05-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2014234105B2 (en) Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain
AU2014318979B2 (en) Sodium channel modulators for the treatment of pain and diabetes
CN110177581A (en) Myeloperoxidase imaging agent
EP3703680A1 (en) Antagonists of the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor m4
EP3696182A1 (en) Brain-penetrant chromone oxime derivative for the therapy of levodopa-induced dyskinesia
WO2019126559A1 (en) Antagonists of the muscarinic acetylcholine receptor m4
MX2015002310A (en) Novel phenyl-pyridine/pyrazine amides for the treatment of cancer.
EP2382206A2 (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of pain and other diseases
WO2016040315A1 (en) Selective nav1.7 inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes
US8530453B2 (en) Compounds and methods for the treatment of pain and other diseases
WO2006095822A1 (en) Sulfonamide compound and pharmaceutical thereof
TW202146381A (en) Biaryl compound capable of serving as ror[gamma] regulator

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480014410.X

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14767550

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2900604

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014234105

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20140313

Kind code of ref document: A

Ref document number: 2016501972

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2015/011907

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: IDP00201505669

Country of ref document: ID

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014767550

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157029193

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015133310

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: A201507993

Country of ref document: UA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 242564

Country of ref document: IL

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015022096

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015022096

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20150909